英语四六级辅导攻略英语学习资料.docx
- 1、本文（英语四六级辅导攻略英语学习资料.docx）为本站会员“旺旺仙贝”上传，本站基于“C2C”交易模式，作为网络中间平台服务商，仅对用户上传内容的表现方式做保护处理，对上传内容本身不做任何修改或编辑。 若此文侵犯了您的版权或隐私，请点击联系右侧客服图标，依法按向我们提交证明材料，经审查核实后我们会立即删除！
- 2、本站文档均被视为“模版”，允许上传人保留章节、目录结构的情况下删减部份的内容，且文档部份内容可以预览的，作为网络中间平台服务商，我们无法对各卖家所售文档的真实性、完整性、准确性以及专业性等问题提供审核和保证，也不承担因使用下载文档造成任何形式的伤害或损失。
- 3、本站文档所见即所得，不包含任何额外内容。比如视频、音频、图纸以及其它形式源文档等附件。
- 4、如果您仍有任何不清楚的问题，或者需要我们协助，可以点击右侧栏的客服图标，按提示联系我们。
英语四六级辅导攻略英语学习资料一、有关最新英语四级高频词汇1.alter v.改变，改动，变更2.burst vi.,n.突然发生，爆裂3.dispose vi.除掉；处置；解决；处理(of)4.blast n.爆炸；气流vi.炸，炸掉5.consume v.消耗，耗尽6.split v.劈开；割裂；分裂a.裂开的7.spit v.吐（唾液等）；唾弃8.spill v.溢出，溅出，倒出9.slide v.滑动，滑落n.滑动；滑面；幻灯片10.slip v.滑动，滑落；忽略11.bacteria n.细菌12.breed n.种，品种v.繁殖，产仔13.budget n.预算v.编预算，作安排14.candidate n.候选人15.campus n.校园16.liberal a.慷慨的；丰富的；自由的17.transform v.转变，变革；变换18.transmit v.传播，播送；传递19.transport vt.运输，运送n.运输，运输工具20.transplant v.移植21.shift v.转移；转动；转变22.vary v.变化，改变；使多样化23.vanish vi.消灭，不见24.swallow v.吞下，咽下n.燕子25.suspicion n.怀疑，疑心26.suspicious a.怀疑的，可疑的27.mild a.温暖的，暖和的；温柔的，味淡的28.tender a.温柔的；脆弱的29.nuisance n.损害，妨害，讨厌（的人或事30.accelerate vt.加速，促进31.insignificant a.无意义的，无足轻重的32.absolute a.绝对的，无条件的；完全的33.boundary n.分界线，边界34.brake n.刹车，制动器v.刹住（车）35.catalog n.目录（册）v.编目36.vague a.模糊的，不明确的37.vain n.徒劳，白费38.extinct a.绝灭的，熄灭的39.extraordinary a.不平常的，特别的，非凡的40.extreme a.极度的，极端的n.极端41.agent n.代理人，代理商；动因，原因42.alcohol n.含酒精的饮料，酒精43.appeal n./vi.呼吁，恳求44.appreciate vt.重视，赏识，欣赏45.approve v.赞成，同意，批准46.stimulate vt.刺激，激励47.acquire vt.取得，获得；学到48.accomplish vt.完成，到达；实行49.network n.网状物；广播网，电视网；网络50.tide n.潮汐；潮流51.tidy a.整洁的，整齐的52.trace vt.追踪，找到n.痕迹，踪迹53.torture n./vt.拷打，折磨54.wander vi.漫游，闲逛55.wax n.蜡56.weave v.织，编57.preserve v.保护，保存，保持，维持58.oppose vt..反对，反抗59.expose vt.暴露，显露60..glimpse vt&n.一瞥，一看61.abuse v.滥用，虐待；谩骂62.academic a.学术的；高等院校的63.academy n.（高等）专科院校64.battery n.电池（组）65.barrier n.障碍；棚栏66.cargo n.（船、飞机等装载的）货物67.career n.生涯，职业68.vessel n.船舶；容器，器皿；血管69.vertical a.垂直的70.oblige v.迫使，责成；使感激71.obscure a.阴暗，模糊72.extent n.程度，范围，大小，限度73.exterior n.外部，外表a.外部的，外表的74.external a.外部的，外表的，外面的75.petrol n.汽油76.petroleum n.石油77.delay vt./n.推迟，延误，耽搁78.decay vi.腐烂，腐朽79.decent a.像样的，体面的80.route n.路；路线；航线81.ruin v.毁坏，破坏n.毁灭，[pl.]废墟82.sake n.缘故，理由83.satellite n.卫星84.scale n.大小，规模；等级；刻度85.temple n.庙宇86.tedious a.乏味道，单调的，87.tend vi.易于，趋向88.tendency n.趋向，趋势89.ultimate a.极端的，最终的n.极端90.undergo v.经历，遭受91.abundant a.丰富的，充裕的，大量的92.adopt v.收养；采用；采纳93.adapt vi.适应，改写vt.使适应94.bachelor n.学士，学士学位；单身汉95.casual a.偶然的，碰巧的；非正式的96.trap n.陷阱，圈套v.设陷阱捕捉97.vacant a.空的，未占用98.vacuum n.真空，真空吸尘器99.oral a.口头的，口述的，口的100.optics n.（单、复数同形）光学101.organ n.器官，风琴102.excess n.过分，过量，过剩103.expel v.驱逐，开除，赶出104.expend v.消费105.expenditure n.支出，消费；经费106.expense n.开销，费用107.expensive a.花钱多的；价格高贵的108.expand v.扩大，扩张；展开，膨胀109.expansion n.扩大，扩充；发展，膨胀110.private a.私人的，个人的111.individual a.单独的n.个人，个体112.personal a.个人的，私人的；亲自的113.intimidate v.恐吓，威胁114.personnel n.人员，员工；人事部门115.the Pacific Ocean太平洋116.the Atlantic Ocean大西洋117.the Arctic Ocean北冰洋118.the Antarctic Ocean南冰洋119.grand a.宏伟大，壮丽的，重大的120.invade v.侵入，侵略，侵袭121.acid n.酸，酸性物质a.酸的；尖刻的122.acknowledge v.承认；致谢123.balcony n.阳台124.calculate vt.计算，核算125.calendar n.日历，月历126.optimistic a.乐观127.optional a.可以任选的，非强制的128.outstanding a.杰出的，突出的，显著的129.export n.出口（物）v.出口，输出130.import n.进口（物）v.进口，输入131.impose vt.把...加强(on)；采用，利用132.religion n.宗教，宗教信仰133.religious a.宗教的134.victim n.牺牲品，受害者135.video n.电视，视频a.电视的136.videotape n.录像磁带v.把...在录像带上137.offend v.冒犯，触犯138.bother v.打搅，麻烦139.interfere v.干涉，干扰，妨碍140.internal a.内部的，国内的141.beforehand ad.预先，事先142.racial a.人种的种族的143.radiation n.放射物，辐射144.radical a.根本的；激进的145.range n.幅度v.（在某范围内）变动146.wonder n.惊奇v.想知道，对...感到疑惑147.isolate vt.使隔离，使孤立148.issue n.问题，争论点；（报刊）一期149.hollow a.空的，中空的，空虚道150.hook n.钩vt.钩住151.adequate a.适当地；足够152.adhere vi.粘附，附着；遵守，坚持153.ban vt.取缔，禁止154.capture vt.俘虏，捕获155.valid a.有效的，有根据的；正当的156.valley n.山谷，峡谷157.consistent a.坚固定；始终如一的158.continuous a.继续的，连续（不断）的159.continual a.不断地，频繁的160.explode v.爆炸；爆发；激增161.exploit v.剥削；利用，开采162.explore v.勘探163.explosion n.爆炸；爆发；激增164.explosive a.爆炸的；极易引起争论的165.remote a.遥远的，偏僻的166.removal n.除去，消除167.render vt.使得，致使168.precaution n.预防，防备，警惕169.idle a.懒散的，无所事事的170.identify vt.认出，鉴定171.identify n.身份；个性，特性172.poverty n.贫穷173.resistant a.(to)抵抗的，抗...的，耐...的174.resolve vt.解决；决定，决意175.barrel n.桶176.bargain n.便宜货vi.讨价还价177.coarse a.粗的，粗糙的，粗劣的178.coach n.教练；长途公共汽车179.code n.准则，法规，密码180.coil n.线圈v.卷，盘绕181.adult n.成年人182.advertise v.为...做广告183.advertisement n.广告184.agency n.代理商，经销商185.focus v.（使）聚集n.焦点，中心186.forbid vt.不许，禁止187.debate n./v.辩论，争论188.debt n.欠债189.decade n.十年190.enclose vt.围住；把...装入信封191.encounter vt./n.遭遇，遭到192.globe n.地球，世界；地球仪193.global a.全球的；总的194.scan vt.细看；扫描；浏览195.scandal n.丑事，丑闻196.significance n.意义；重要性197.subsequent a.随后的，后来的198.virtue n.美德，优点199.virtual a.实际上的，事实上的200.orient vt.使适应，(to,toward)使朝向201.portion n.一部分202.target n.目标，靶子vt.瞄准203.portable a.手提式的204.decline v.拒绝，谢绝；下降205.illusion n.错觉206.likelihood n.可能，可能性207.stripe n.条纹208.emphasize vt.强调，着重209.emotion n.情感，感情210.emotional a.感情的，情绪（上）的211.awful a.极坏的，威严的，可怕的212.awkward a.笨拙的，棘手的213.clue n.线索，提示214.collision n.碰撞，冲突215.device n.装置，设备216.devise vt.发明，策划，想出217.inevitable a.不可避免的218.naval a.海军的219.navigation n.航行220.necessity n.必需品；必要性221.previous a.先，前，以前的222.provision n.[pl.]给养，口粮；准备，设备223.pursue vt.追逐；追求；从事，进行224.stale a.不新鲜的，陈腐的225.substitute n.代用品vt.代替226.deserve vt.应受，应得，值得227.discrimination n.歧视；辨别力228.professional a.职业的，专门的229.secure a.安全的，可靠的230.security n.安全，保障231.scratch v./n.抓，搔，扒232.talent n.才能，天资；人才233.insurance n.保险，保险费234.insure vt.给...保险，保证，确保235.nevertheless ad.仍然，然而，不过236.neutral a.中立的，中性的237.spot n.地点；斑点vt.认出，发现238.spray v.喷，（使）溅散239.medium a.中等的，适中的n.媒介物240.media n.新闻传媒241.auxiliary a.辅助的，备用的242.automatic a.自动的243.compete vi.竞争，比赛244.competent a.有能力的，能胜任的245.competition n.竞争，比赛246.distribute vt.分发247.disturb vt.打搅，妨碍248.infer v.推论，推断249.integrate v.(into,with)（使）成为一体250.moist a.潮湿251.moisture n.潮湿252.promote vt.促进；提升253.region n.地区；范围；幅度254.register v./n.登记，注册255.stable a.稳定的256.sophisticated a.老于世故的，老练的257.splendid a.极好的，壮丽的，辉煌的258.cancel vt.取消，废除259.variable a.易变的，可变的260.prospect n.前景，前途；景象261.prosperity n.兴旺，繁荣262.aspect n.方面；朝向；面貌263.cope vi.(with)（成功地）应付，处理264.core n.果心，核心265.maintain vt.维持，保持；坚持，主张266.mainland n.大陆267.discipline n.纪律；惩罚；学科268.domestic a.本国的，国内的；家用的269.constant a.不变的，恒定的n.常数270.cliff n.悬崖，峭壁271.authority n.权威；当局272.audio a.听觉273.attitude n.态度274.community n.社区，社会275.commit vt.犯（错误，罪行等）276.comment n./vt.评论277.distinguish vt.区分，辨别278.distress n.痛苦，悲伤vt.使痛苦279.facility n.[pl.]设备，设施；便利，方便280.faculty n.技能；学科，学院；全体教员281.mixture n.混合，混合物282.mood n.心情，情绪；语气283.moral a.道德上的，有道德的284.prominent a.突出的285.substance n.物质；实质286.substantial a.可观的；牢固的；实质的287.prompt vt.促使a.敏捷的，及时的288.vivid a.生动的289.vocabulary n.词汇（量）；词汇表290.venture n.风险投资，风险项目v.冒险291.version n.版本，译本；说法292.waist n.腰，腰部293.weld v./n.焊接294.yawn vi.打哈欠295.yield vi.(to)屈服于；让出，放弃n.产量296.zone n.地区，区域297.strategy n.战略，策略298.strategic a.战略（上）的，关键的299.tense a.紧张的v.拉紧n.时态300.tension n.紧张（状态），张力301.avenue n.林荫道，大街302.available a.现成可用的；可得到的303.comparable a.(with,to)可比较的，类似的304.comparative a.比较的，相对的305.dash vi.猛冲，飞奔306.data n.数据，资料307.dive vi.跳水，潜水308.diverse a.不同的，多种多样的309.entitle vt.给...权利，给...资格310.regulate vt.管理，调节311.release vt./n.释放，排放；解释解脱312.exaggerate v.夸大，夸张313.evil a.邪恶的，坏的314.shrink vi.起皱，收缩；退缩315.subtract v.减（去）316.suburb n.市郊317.subway n.地铁318.survey n./vt.调查，勘测319.wealthy a.富裕的320.adjust v.调整，调节321.attach vt.系，贴；使附属322.profit n.利润，益处；v.有益于323.profitable a.有利可图的324.slope n.斜坡，斜面325.reinforce vt.增强，加强326.reject vt.拒绝327.fatal a.致命的；重大的328.fate n.命运329.humble a.谦逊的；谦虚的330.illegal a.不合法的，非法的331.award vt.授予，判给n.奖品，奖金332.aware a.意识到333.column n.柱，圆柱；栏，专栏334.comedy n.喜剧335.dumb a.哑的；沉默的336.dump vt.倾卸，倾倒337.deaf a.聋的；不愿听的338.decorate vt.装饰，装璜339.principal a.最重要的n.负责人，校长340.principle n.原则，原理341.prior a.优先的，在前的342.priority n.优先，重点343.prohibit vt.禁止，不准344.remarkable a.值得注意的，异常的非凡345.remedy n./vt.补救，医治，治346.repetition n.重复，反复347.vain a.徒劳的，无效的348.undertake vt.承担，着手做；同意，答应349.unique a.唯一的，独特的350.obstacle n.障碍（物），妨碍351.odd a.奇特的，古怪的；奇数的352.omit vt.省略353.opponent n.敌手，对手354.opportunity n.机会，时机355.orchestra n.管弦乐队356.semester n.学期；半年357.semiconductor n.半导体358.seminar n.研讨会359.terminal a.末端的，极限的n.终点360.territory n.领土361.approximate a.大概的，大约v.近似362.arbitrary a.随意的，未断的363.architect n.建筑师364.architecture n.建筑学365.biology n.生物学366.geography n.地理（学）367.geology n.地质学368.geometry n.几何（学）369.arichmetic n.算术370.algebra n.代数371.entertainment n.娱乐；招待，款待372.enthusiasm n.热情，热心373.entry n.进入，入口处；参赛的人（或物）374.environment n.环境375.episode n.插曲，片段376.equation n.方程（式）377.restrain vt.阻止，抑制378.restraint n.抑制，限制379.resume v.（中断后）重新开始380.severe a.严重的381.sexual a.性的382.simplicity n.简单；朴素383.simplify vt.简化384.sorrow n.悲哀，悲痛385.stuff n.原料，材料vt.填进，塞满386.temporary a.暂时的，临时的387.temptation n.诱惑，引诱388.terror n.恐怖389.thrust v.挤，推，插390.treaty n.条约，协定391.arise vi.产生，出现，发生；起身392.arouse vt.引起，激起；唤醒393.burden n.重担，负荷394.bureau n.局，办事处395.marvelous a.奇迹般的，惊人的396.massive a.大的，大量的，大块的397.mature a.成熟的398.maximum a.最高的，最大的399.minimum a.最低的，最小的400.nonsense n.胡说，冒失的行动401.nuclear a.核子的，核能的402.nucleus n.核403.retail n./v./ad.零售404.retain vt.保留，保持405.restrict vt.限制，约束406.sponsor n.发起者，主办者vt.发起407.spur n./vt.刺激，激励408.triumph n.胜利，成功409.tuition n.学费410.twist vt.使缠绕；转动；扭歪411.undergraduate n.大学肄业生412.universal a.普遍的，通用的；宇宙的413.universe n.宇宙414.via prep.经由，经过，通过415.vibrate v.振动，摇摆416.virus n.病毒417.voluntary a.自愿的418.volunteer n.志愿者v.自愿（做）419.vote v.选举n.选票420.wagon n.四轮马车，铁路货车421.appoint vt.任命，委派422.approach v.靠近，接近n.途径423.appropriate a.适当的424.bunch n.群，伙；束，串425.bundle n.捆，包，束vt.收集，归拢426.ceremony n.典礼，仪式427.chaos n.混乱，紊乱428.discount n.（价格）折扣429.display n./vt.陈列，展览430.equivalent a.相等的a.相等物431.erect a.竖直的v.建造，竖立432.fax n./vt.传真433.fertile a.肥沃的；多产的434.fertilizer n.肥料435.grateful a.感激的436.gratitude n.感激437.horror n.恐怖438.horrible a.可怕的439.Internet n.国际互联网，因特网440.interpret v.翻译，解释441.interpretation n.解释，说明442.jungle n.丛林，密林443.knot n.结vt.把...打成结444.leak v.漏，渗出445.lean vi.倾斜，倚，靠446.leap vi.跳跃447.modify vt.修改448.nylon n.尼龙449.onion n.洋葱450.powder n.粉末451.applicable a.可应用的，适当的452.applicant n.申请人453.breadth n.宽度454.conservation n.保存，保护455.conservative a.保守的456.parallel n.平行线；可相比拟的事物457.passion n.激情，热情458.passive a.被动的，消极的459.pat v./n.轻拍，轻打460.peak n.山峰，顶点461.phenomenon n.现象462.reluctant a.不情愿的，勉强的463.rely vi.(on,upon)依赖，指望464.relevant a.有关的，切题的465.reliable a.可靠的466.relief n.轻松，宽慰；减轻467.reputation n.名气，声誉468.rescue vt./n.营救469.triangle n.三角（形）470.sequence n.连续；顺序471.shallow a.浅的472.shiver vi/n.发抖473.shrug v./n.耸肩474.signature n.签名475.sincere a.诚挚的，真诚的476.utility n.功用，效用477.utilize vt.利用478.utter vt.说出a.完全的，彻底的479.variation n.变化，变动480.vehicle n.交通工具，车辆481.applause n.鼓掌，掌声482.appliance n.器具，器械483.consent n.准许，同意vi(to)准许，同意484.conquer vt.征服485.defect n.缺点，缺陷486.delicate a.易碎的；娇弱的；精美的487.evolve v.演变488.evolution n.演变，进化489.frown v./n.皱眉490.frustrate vt.使沮丧491.guarantee vt./n.保证492.guilty a.内疚的；有罪的493.jealous a.妒忌的494.jeans n.牛仔裤495.liquor n.酒，烈性酒496.liter/litre n.升497.modest a.谦虚道498.molecule n.分子499.orbit n.轨道v.（绕...）作轨道运行500.participate v.(in)参与，参加501.particle n.微粒502.particularly ad.特别，尤其503.respond vi.回答，答复；反应504.response n.回答，答复；反应505.sensible a.明智的506.sensitive a.敏感到，灵敏的507.tremble vi.颤抖508.tremendous a.巨大的；精彩的509.trend n.趋向，倾向510.trial n.审讯；试验511.apparent a.显然的，明白的512.appetite n.胃口；欲望513.deposit n.存款，定金v.存放，储蓄514.deputy n.副职，代表515.derive vt.取得，得到；(from)起源于516.descend v.下来，下降517.missile n.导弹518.mission n.使命；代表团519.mist n.薄雾520.noticeable a.显而易见到521.notify vt.通知，告知522.notion n.概念；意图，想法523.resemble vt.像，类似于524.reveal vt.揭露525.revenue n.收入，岁入；税收526.shelter n.掩蔽处；住所527.shield n.防护物，盾vt.保护，防护528.vital a.重要的；致命的，生命的529.vitally ad.极度，非常；致命地530.urban a.城市的531.urge vt.鼓励，激励532.urgent a.急迫的，紧急得533.usage n.使用，用法534.violence n.强力，暴力535.violent a.强暴的536.violet a.紫色的537.weed n.杂草，野草538.welfare n.福利539.whatsoever ad.（用于否定句）任何540.whereas conj.然而，但是，尽管541.essential a.必不可少的；本质的542.estimate n./vt.估计，估量543.evaluate vt.评估，评价544.exceed vt.超过，越出545.exceedingly ad.非常，极其546.exclaim v.呼喊，大声说547.exclude vt.把...排斥在外，不包括548.exclusive a.独有的，排他的549.excursion n.远足550.flash vi.闪光，闪耀551.flee vi.逃走552.flexible a.易弯曲的553.flock n.羊群，（鸟兽等）一群；一伙人554.hardware n.五金器具555.harmony n.和谐，融洽556.haste n.急速，急忙557.hatred n.憎恶，憎恨558.incident n.事件，事变559.index n.索引，标志560.infant n.婴儿561.infect v.传染562.inferior a.劣等的，次的，下级的563.infinite a.无限的564.ingredient n.组成部分565.inhabitant n.居民566.jail n.监狱567.jam n.果酱；拥挤，堵塞568.jewel n.宝石569.joint a.连接的；共同的570.junior a.年少的；资历较浅的571.laser n.激光572.launch vt.发动，发起573.luxury n.奢侈；奢侈品574.magnet n.磁铁，磁体575.male a.男性的，雄的576.female a.女性的，雌的577.manual a.用手的，手工做的n.手册578.manufacture vt./n.制造，加工579.marine a.海的；海产的580.mutual a.相互的581.naked a.裸露的582.negative a.否定的，消极的583.neglect vt.忽视，忽略584.origin n.起源，出身585.oval a.椭圆形的n.椭圆形586.outset n.开始，开端587.presumably ad.大概，可能588.prevail vi.流行，盛行589.quit v.停止590.quotation n.引文，引语591.recreation n.娱乐活动592.recruit vt.招募，吸收（新成员）593.rival n.竞争对手，敌手594.shuttle n.梭子；航天飞机595.skim vt.搬（去），掠过；浏览596.sketch n.草图；梗概597.slender a.苗条的，修长的598.theme n.主题599.textile n.纺织品600.tropical a.热带的，炎热的601.kneel vi.跪602.label n.标签603.merchant n.商人604.mere a.仅仅的，只不过的；纯粹的605.nuisance n.令人讨厌的东西（或人）606.numerous a.众多的，许多的607.parade n.游行v.列队行进608.pants[pl.]n.长裤；内裤609.partial a.部分的610.passport n.护照611.prescribe vt.开药，吩咐采用...疗法612.primitive a.原始的，早期的613.ridge n.脊，山脊，埂614.ridiculous a.可笑的，荒谬的615.rigid a.严格的；僵硬的616.withstand vt.经受，承受617.witness n.目击者；证据vt.注意到；证明618.withdraw v.收回，撤销619.slippery a.滑的620.smash vt.粉碎，打烂621.snap n./vt.折断，拉断；快照622.software n.软件623.solar a.太阳的624.lunar a.月的，月球的625.submerge vi.潜入水中626.submit vi.(to)屈服，听从627.timber n.木材，原木628.tissue n.组织；薄纱，手巾纸629.title n.题目，标题630.tone n.语气，音调631.drift vi.漂，漂流632.drip n.滴633.durable a.耐用的，持久的634.duration n.持续，持续期间635.dusk n.黄昏，薄暮636.leather n.皮革637.legislation n.法律，法规；立法638.leisure n.闲暇；悠闲639.loose a.松的，宽松的640.loosen v.解开，放松641.earnest a.认真的，诚挚的642.earthquake n.地震643.echo n.回音，回声644.elaborate a.精心设计的，复杂的645.elastic n.橡皮圈（带）a.有弹性的646.elbow n.肘647.electron n.电子648.volcano n.火山649.volume n.卷，册；体积，容量650.fatigue n.疲劳，劳累651.faulty a.有错误的，有缺点的652.favorable a.称赞的；有利的，顺利的653.favorite a.特别受喜欢的n.喜爱的人或物654.gallery n.画廊655.gallon n.加仑656.gap n.间隔，差距657.garbage n.垃圾，废物658.gaze v.凝视，注视659.gear n.齿轮，传动装置660.gene n.基因661.lest conj.唯恐，免得662.liable a.可能的，大概的；(to)易于...的663.liberal a.自由的664.liberty n.自由665.license n.许可证，执照666.moisture n.潮湿667.motivate vt.激励，激发668.motive n.动机，目的669.generate vt.生成，产生（光、热、电等）670.genius n.天才，天赋671.genuine a.真的，真诚的672.gasoline n.汽油673.germ n.微生物，细菌674.gesture n.姿势，手势675.giant a.巨大的n.巨人，巨物676.glimpse n.一瞥，一看677.glory n.光荣，荣誉678.glorious n.光荣的，极好的679.golf n.高尔夫球运动680.hydrogen n.氢681.oxygen n.氧682.hostile a.敌对的，敌意的683.household n.家庭，户684.hook n.钩685.holy a.神圣地，圣洁的686.hint n.暗示，示意687.hesitate v.犹豫688.highlight vt.强调，突出689.hence ad.因此，所以；今后，从此690.herd n.兽群，牧群二、有关英语从句的使用大全学习指要（1）学习祈使句的四大要点祈使句是表示请求、命令、劝告、祝愿或建议的句子。祈使句的主语一般为第二人称，但往往省去不用。同学们在学习祈使句时应注意以下几点：一、祈使句谓语用何动词形式英语祈使句的谓语总是用动词原形。如：Be quiet!别说话!Come earlier next time.下次早点来。Have a good time.愿你玩得痛快。Go and tell her.去告诉她吧。注：有时为了加强语气，可在动词前加do。如：Do be careful.务请小心。Do come on time.务必请准时来。二、肯定祈使句如何变成否定祈使句祈使句否定式的构成方法是在动词原形前加don’t：Don’t be late.不要迟到。Don’t speak so loud.别这么大声说话。Don’t walk on the grass.不要在草坪上走。Don’t lose the key.别把钥匙丢了。Don’t come unless I telephone.除非我打电话，否则你别来。三、与please连用以使语气委婉为使语气委婉，通常将祈使句与please连用。Please可用于祈使句的句首(其后通常不用逗号)或句末(其前通常用逗号)。如：Please don’t get angry.请不要生气。Please drive more slowly.请开得慢一点。Please cut me a piece of cake.请给我切一块蛋糕。Please try to be quiet.请设法保持安静。Please repeat what you’ve just said.请把你刚才说的话重复一遍。四、关于以let开头的祈使句Let’s eat out tonight.我们今晚出去吃饭吧。Let me have a try.我来试一试。Let me show you how to do it.我来告诉你怎样做。Let every man do his best.让每个人人尽其才。Let the meat cook slowly.把肉用慢火炖。注意：1.这类祈使句的否定式有两种形式。如：Let’s not hurry./Don’t let’s hurry.我们不要太急。2.let后用作宾语补足语的动词要用原形，不能用带to的不定式。（2）宾语从句学习指要用来充作宾语的句子叫做宾语从句。如：He asked what you were doing last night.他问你昨天夜晚在干什么。I didn’t know that he was wounded in the accident.我原来不知道他在那事故中受了伤。Can you explain why he didn’t come to the party last Sunday?你能解释上周星期日他为什么没有来参加聚会吗？在宾语从句中须注意：1.that在口语中常被省略，但在正式的文体中，不能省；并且它一般不能引导介词的宾语从句，但可引导except,but,in等少数介词的宾语从句。如：I didn’t know(that)he was Li Lei.我不知道他就是李蕾。I will do anything I can to help you except that I’m ill.只要我身体舒服，我愿做任何事情来帮助你。2.宾语从句之后带有补足语成分时，一般须用it作形式宾语，把宾语从句放到句末，此时的that不能省。如：The boy has made it clear that they can’t play with his toys.那个男孩已清楚的表明他们不能玩弄他的玩具。3.动词advise,ask,demand,desire,insist(坚决主张),order,propose,request,suggest(建议)等代的宾语从句须用虚拟语气，即：(should)do的形式。He asked that we(should)get there before nine o’clock.他要求我们在九点钟之前赶到那儿。The teacher advised us that we(should)not waste our time.老师劝告我们不要浪费时间了。4.宾语从句的时态与主句的时态须呼应。即：1)当主句谓语动词的时态是现在时或将来时，从句的谓语动词可用任何所需要的时态表示。如：He always says that he is our good friend.他总是说他是我们的好朋友。When the teacher knows what we have done,he will say that we have done a good deed.当老师知道我们所干的事情时，他会说我们做了一件好事。2)当主句谓语动词的时态为过去时，从句的谓语动词须用响应的过去时。如：He didn’t tell us he came from Shanghai.他没有告诉我们他来自上海。He said he had read the book.他说他读过这本书。3)但当从句的内容是客观真理或客观事实，而不受时间的限制时，即使主句谓语动词为过去时，从句仍用一般现在时。如：Chairman Mao said that all the imperialists are paper tigers.毛主席说一切帝国主义者都是纸老虎。When we were children,we were told that China is in the east of the world.我们还是小孩子的时候，人们就告诉我们说中国在世界的东方。宾语从句用法详解一、宾语从句的引导词宾语从句通常由连词that和whether(if)、连接代词或连接副词以及关系代词型what引导：1.that引导We believe that he is honest.我们相信他是诚实的。The doctor insists that I give up smoking医生坚持要我戒烟。I suggest that we should go tomorrow.我建议我们明天走。I suggested that we should go the next day.我建议我们第二天走。We learnt from his letter that he was in Spain.从他的信里我们了解到他在西班牙。The seller demanded that payment should be made within five days.卖方要求5日内付款。2.whether/if引导I don’t know whether he’ll arrive in time.我不知道他是否能及时到。I didn’t know whether they liked the place.我不知道他们是否喜欢这个地方。I’ll see whether I can induce him to accept it.我要看看我是否能劝他接受。I asked her whether she agreed.我问她是否同意。He enquired if her parents spoke Spanish.他问她父母是否讲西班牙语。I wonder if it’s large enough.我不知道它是否够大。She didn’t say if he was still alive.她没说他是否还活着。3.连接代词引导I don’t know who[whom]you mean.我不知道你指谁。Please tell me which you like.告诉我你喜欢哪一个。I’Il do whatever I can do.我将做我所能做的事。You can take whichever you like.你爱拿哪个就拿哪个吧。We’ll do whatever we can to save him.我们将尽我们所能来挽救他。Take whichever seat you like.你要坐哪个座就坐哪个座位。Give it to whoever you like.你把它爱给谁就给谁。You don’t know what you are talking about.你在说什么，你自己也不知道。Tomorrow at this time we’ll know who is elected.明天这时候我们就会知道谁当选了。4.连接副词引导He asked why he had to go alone.他问他为什么必须一个人去。You don’t know when you are lucky.你身在福中不知福。I asked how he was getting on.我问他情况怎样。He knows where they live.他知道他们住哪里。Have you found out how wide the ditch Was?你了解到那条沟有多宽吗?I’d like to know when they will let him out.我很想知道他们什么时候会放他出来。We didn’t know why he had answered in that fashion.我们不明白他为什么这样回答。that与whether(if)引导名词性从句的区别两者均可引导宾语从句，也可引导语从句和表语从句(if通常不行)，但两者含义不同，whether(if)表示“是否”，that却不表示任何含义。在它们所引出的从句中，that表示一种肯定、明确的概念，而whether(if)则表示一种不肯定、不明确的概念。比较：Whether he’ll come is not known yet.他是否来还不清楚。That he’ll come is known to us all.我们都知道他会来。类似地，动词doubt(怀疑)后接宾语从句时，由于doubt的含义不确定，故通常用whether(if)来引导其宾语从句，但若doubt为否定式，则其后的宾语从句用that来引导。如：I doubt if you are honest.我怀疑你是否诚实。I don’t doubt that you are honest.我不怀疑你是诚实的。that,why与because引导表语从句时的区别虽然三者均可引导表语从句，但that没有词义，而why和because有自己的意思；另外，虽然why和because都可引导表语从句，但前者强调结果，后者强调原因。如：The reason was that you don’t trust her.原因是你不信任她。The fact is that they are angry with each other.事实是他们生彼此的气。He was ill.That’s why he was sent to the hospital.他病了，所以被送到医院来。He was sent to the hospital.That’s because he was ill.他被送到医院，是因为他生病了。（3）比较级的构成一、形容词级的构成1.单音节形容词的比较级以及以-ly,-er,-ow结尾的形容词在词尾加-er；以e结尾的形容词在词尾直接加-r构成，重读闭音节双写末位字母再加er。dark→darker;quick→quicker;;clever→cleverer;simple→simpler;narrow→narrower。2.多音节形容词的比较级在其前加more构成。important→more important;beautiful→more beautiful。3.表语形容词以及由分词变来的形容词，在其前加more构成。afraid→more afraid;interesting→more interesting;pleased→more pleased。4.少数形容词的比较级是不规则的。good/well→better;bad/ill→worse;far→farther/further;much/many→more;little→less 5.以辅音加y结尾的，把y变i，加er。early→earlier;funny→funnier基本句型原级比较1.由“．．．as+形容词+as．．．”或“．．．as+形容词+名词+as．．．”构成。My grandpa is as energetic as a young man.Exercise is as useful a way as any other to lose unwanted weight.I try to find as much information as I can about what happened.2.由“．．．not so(as)+形容词+as．．．”或“．．．not so(as)+形容词+名词+as．．．”构成。Luckily the weather was not so wet as it is today.不同级比较1.由“……形容词比较级+than．．．”构成。He is more concerned about others than about himself.2.由“．．．many/much more+可数/不可数名词+than．．．”My friend earned much more money than I did last year.特殊句型1.表示“越来越……”的意思:“比较级+and+比较级”或“more and more/less and less+原级”结构，与这类结构搭配的常用动词有grow,get,become等。She felt herself becoming more and more nervous.As the winter is drawing near,it’s getting colder and colder.2.表示两者之间更···the+比较级+of the two+名词。Jane is the taller of the two children in our family.3.表示“越……，越……”:“the+比较级……，the+比较级……”，The more magazines you sell,the more money you will get.4.“否定+比较级”相当于最高级。—Wait until we get a satisfactory reply,will you?—I couldn’t agree more.The idea sounds great to me.5.“a+比较级+名词（than．．．）”结构常出现在以never构成的完成时态的动词后面。How beautifully she sings！I have never heard a better voice.6.倍数表示法：．．．times as+形容词原级+as．．．；．．．times+形容词比较级+than．．．；．．．times the+性质名词+of．．．。The dining hall is three times as large as that one.The dining hall is three times larger than that one.The dining hall is three times the size of that one.注意事项1.为了避免重复,常用the one代替单数可数名词,the ones,those代替复数名词,that代替单数或不可数名词。2.当比较对象属于同一范围时，需使用other来排除自身，否则会造成与自身相比较的矛盾。Canada is larger than any other country in North America.3.“no+形容词的比较级+than”结构表达对两者均否定。Don’t be proud so early.You are no better than me．4.比较级前面可以用even,still,yet,any,much,a little,a lot,by far等修饰语用以加强语气或表示比较程度。To tell you the truth,my boyfriend is much older than me.三、英语语法—动词、名词、形容词、副词以及代词（1）英语语法——动词1.概说1)动词(verb)是表示动作或状态的词。a)表示动作：swim游泳push推b)表示状态：have有be是2)英语动词有时态、语态、语气等形式上的变化。2.限定动词和非限定动词从是否被主语所限定来分，动词有限定动词(finite verb)和非限定动词(nonfinite verb)两大类。1)限定动词限定动词用作句子的谓语动词，并被主语所限定，有人称和数的变化。如：He is a tractor driver.他是一个拖拉机手。Facts are more eloquent than words.事实胜于雄辩。We have friends all over the world.我们的朋友遍天下。An apple falls by the force of gravitation.地心吸力使苹果落地。2)非限定动词非限定动词有动词不定式、动名词和分词三种，在句子里都不能单独作谓语动词，故不被主语所限定，没有人称和数的变化。如：I am pleased to meet you.我很高兴与你相识。(动词不定式)Smoking is harmful to the health.吸烟对身体有害。(动名词)I heard them singing the Internationale。我听见他们唱《国际歌》。(分词)Spoken words are often more powerful than writing.语言往往比文字更有力。(分词)3.实义动词、连系动词、情态动词和助动词从其含义来分，动词有实义动词(notional verb)，连系动词(1ink verb)，情态动词(modal verb)和助动词(auxiliary verb)四类。1)实义动词实义动词有完全的词义，并能独立作谓语动词。如：The sun shone brightly this morning.今天早晨阳光灿烂。He likes to go for a long walk on sundays.他喜欢星期日出去作长距离散步。We have a big TV set in the club.我们俱乐部有台大电视机。2)连系动词连系动词在句中作谓语动词，后面跟表语。英语连系动词有be(是)，seem(似乎)，look(看来)，keep(保持)，become(变成)，get(变得)，grow(变得)，feel(感到)，turn(变得，变成)，appear(显得)，remain(仍旧是)等。如：It is never too late to mend.改过不嫌晚。It was a close game.那场球赛比分很接近。The children in this nursery look very healthy.这个托儿所的孩子看起来都非常健康。Keep quiet，please!请安静!，The tape recorder seems all right.这台录音机好像没有毛病。Later he became a doctor.他后来成为一名医生。The problem remained unsolved until last year.问题到去年才解决。[注一]下面句子中的come和go也是连系动词。如：The old man’s dream has come true.这位老人的梦想实现了。Something has gone wrong with the truck.卡车出毛病了。[注二]有些连系动词如seem,appear等后面常跟to be。如：The new text seens to be easy，but actually it is rather difficult.这篇新课文好像很容易，其实相当难。She appears to be the girl’s sister.她似乎是那女孩的姐姐。3)情态动词情态动词有can(能)，may(可以，也许)，must(必须)等及其过去式could，might等，表示能力、义务、必要、猜测等说话人的语气或情态。情态动词只能和主要动词一起构成谓语动词。4)助动词助动词有shall，will，have，be，should，wonld，do等。它们只能和主要动词一起构成各种时态、语态、语气等动词形式，以及否定和疑问等结构中的谓语动词。4.及物动词和不及物动词从是否需要宾语来分，实义动词又有及物动词和不及物动词两类。1)及物动词后面必须跟宾语意义才完整的实义动词，叫做及物动词(transitive verb)。如：I believe that the committee will consider our suggestion.我相信委员会将会考虑我们的建议。"How long can I keep the book?"Harry asked.哈里问："这本书我可以借多久?"Dr.Bethune set us a good example.白求恩大夫给我们树立了好榜样。Crude oil contains many useful substances.原油含有许多有用的物质。2)不及物动词本身意义完整后面不须跟宾语的实义动词，叫做不及物动词(intransitive verb)。如：Birds fly.鸟会飞。It happened in June 1932.这件事发生于一九三；年六月。My watch stopped.我的表停了。She spoke at the meeting yesterday evening.她在昨天晚上的会上发了言。3)兼作及物动词和不及物动词英语里有不少实义动词可以兼作及物动词和不及物动词。这样的动词又有两种不同的情况：a)兼作及物动词和不及物动词时，意义不变。试比较：Shall I begin at once?我可以立刻开始吗?(begin作不及物动词)She began working as a librarian after she left school.她毕业后当图书馆管理员。(began作及物动词)When did they leave Chicago?他们是什么时候离开芝加哥的？(leave作及物动词)They left last week.他们是上周离开的。(left作不及物动词)b)兼作及物动词和不及物动词时，有时意义不尽相同。如：Wash your hands before meals.饭前要洗手。Does this cloth wash well?这布经得起洗吗?4)与汉语的比较有时英语动词的及物和不及物的用法，与汉语的用法不一样，请注意下列两种情况：a)有的动词在英语里只能用作不及物动词，而汉语则可用作及物动词，如arrive到达，agree同意，1isten听。英语里这些动词后面常接介词。如：We arrived at the railway station at noon.我们于中午到达火车站。(at不能省去)(比较：We reached the railway station at noon.)Everybody listened to the lecture with great interest.每个人都很有兴趣地听讲课。(to不可省去)(比较：We all heard the lecture.)Do they agree to the plan?他们同意这个计划吗?(to不可省去)b)有的动词在英语里能用作及物动词，而在汉语里则不能用作及物动词，如serve为…服务。Our children are taught to serve the people wholeheartedly.我们的儿童被教以全心全意为人民服务。1.短语动词动词常和某些其他词类用在一起，构成固定词组，形成所谓短语动词(phrasal verb)。和动词一样，短语动词也可分为及物和不及物两种。短语动词可以作为一个整体看待，同一般动词一样使用。1)动词+介词这类短语动词用作及物动词，后面须跟宾语。如：The small boy insisted on going with his parents.那男孩坚持要跟父母一起去。Do you often listen to broadcasts in English?你常听英语广播吗?Look at the children.Aren’t they lovely?看着这些孩子们。他们多么可爱呀!We stand for self-reliance.我们是主张自力更生的。这一类的短语动词还有很多，如depend on(upon)(依*)，wait on(服侍)，look for(寻找)，deal with(对待)，look after(照料)，wait for(等待)等。2)动词+副词这类短语动词有的用作及物动词，有的用作不及物动词。如：I always get up as soon as the bell rings.我总是一打铃就起床。(不及物)Look out，there’s a car coming!当心，来汽车了!(不及物)Have you handed in your exercises already?你已经交练习了吗?(及物)Please don’t forget to put on your coat；it’s cold outside.请不要忘记穿外衣，外面很冷。(及物)这一类的短语动词还有很多，及物如put out(扑灭)，eat up(吃光)，putdown(放下)；不及物如set off(出发)，come up(走近)，go on(继续)。[注一]"动词+副词"这类短语动词和上面第一类"动词+介词"的不同之处在于："动词+介词"用作及物动词，后面须跟宾语。"动词+副词"则有的及物，有的不及物；用作及物动词而宾语为人称代词或自身代词时，副词往往放在宾语之后。如：Please wake me up at five tomorrow.请在明天早上五点唤醒我。If you have done your exercises，please hand them in.如果你们练习做完了请交来。She doesn’t normally behave like that；she’s putting it on.她通常并不如此表现，她是装出来的。[注二]这类短语动词有不少可兼作及物和不及物动词用。如：He took off his hat when he entered the office.他进办公室后脱下帽子。(及物)The plane took off at seven sharp.飞机在七点整起飞。(不及物)Charlie rang up Neil to ask about the time of the meeting.查理打电话给尼尔问开会的时间。(及物)If you can’t come，please ring up and let us know.你如来不了，请来电话告诉我们一声。(不及物)3)动词+副词+介词短语动词"动词+副词"之后有的可以再加一个介词，形成另一种短语动词。这类短语动词用作及物动词。如：Do not give up hope.We must go on with the experiment不要失望。我们必须继续试验。(go on with继续)He came up to me.他走到我跟前。(come up to走近)这类短语动词还有：look down upon(看不起)，do away with(去掉)，put up with(忍受)等。4)动词+名词+介词这类短语动词也是及物的。如He shook hands with all the guests at the banquet.他在宴会上和宾客一一握手。Young pioneers often come to the Children’s Palace to take part in after=school activities.少先队员经常到少年宫来参加课外活动。Pay attention to the temperature of the stored rice.注意仓库里的稻谷的温度。Her job is taking care of the babies.她的工作是照顾婴儿。这一类短语动词还有：put an end to(结束)，take notice of(注意)，catch hold of(抓住)，lose sight of(看不见)，make use of(利用)等2.动词的基本形式（principal forms of the verb）1)英语动词的四种基本形式它们是动词原形（room form of the verb），过去式(past tense form)，过去分词（past participle）和现在分词(present participle)。这四种形式和助动词一起构成动词的时态、语态和语气。原形过去式过去分词现在分词work worked worked working write wrote written writing have had had having do did done doing 2)动词原形动词原形就是词典中一般给的动词的形式，如be，have，do，work，study等。3)动词过去式和过去分词的构成有规则的和不规则的两种。规则动词(regular verb)的过去式和过去分词，由在原形后面加词尾-ed构成。[注]少数双音节动词，尽管重音在第一个音节，仍双写末尾的辅音字母，然后再加-ed。如：5travel－traveled 5level－1evelled 5total－totaled 5model－modelled但美国英语不双写辅音字母，如travel-traveled。不规则动词(irregular verb)的过去式及过去分词的形式是不规则的。这些动词为数虽不多，但都是比较常用的，必须熟记。4)动词的现在分词由动词原形加词尾-ing构成。其构成方法如下：a)一般情况下，直接加-ing：go-going去stand-standing站立ask－asking answer-answering回答study－studying学习be-being是see-seeing看[注一]和名词复数、动词第三人称现在一般时加-s(-es)不同，动词末尾如为"辅音字母+y"时，y不变，其后直接加-ing。如studying[stQdiiN]，fly-flying[flaiiN]，carry-carrying[kAriiN]。[注二]动词结尾为辅音字母r时，加-ing，r在此必须发音。如：enter[5entE]－entering[5entEriN]进入answer[5B:nsE]－answering[5B:nsEriN]回答wear[wZE]－wearing[5wZeriN]穿b)以不发音的e结尾的动词，去掉e，再加-ing。如：come-coming来write-writing写take－taking拿become-becoming变成c)动词是闭音节的单音节词，或是以重读闭音节结尾的多音节词，而末尾只有一个辅音字母时，这个辅音字母须双写，然后再加-ing。如：Sit－sitting坐run-running跑Stop-stopping停止begin-beginning开始admit-admitting承认forget－forgetting忘记[注一]send，think，accept等动词虽是闭音节或以重读闭音节结尾，但末尾有一个以上的辅音字母，因此，这个辅音字母不双写，应直接加-ing。如：sending，thinking，accepting。[注二]少数双音节的动词，重音在第一音节，仍双写末尾的辅音字母，然后再加-ing。如：5travel-traveling 5level-levelling 5total-totaling 5model-modelling美国英语不双写辅音字母，如travel－traveling。d)少数几个以-ie止结尾的动词，须将ie变作y，再加ing。如：die-dying死，tie-tying捆，缚，系lie-lying躺，说谎[注]少数以-c结尾的动词变为过去式和现在分词时，须先将-c变为ck,然后再加-ed或-ing。如：picnic picnicked picnicking traffic trafficked trafficking动词时态一.一般时态1.现在一般时1.1现在一般时的基本用法l)表示现在存在的习惯，经常发生的动作或存在的状态。常与every day，twice a week(每周二次)，often(常，往往)，usually(通常)，always(总是)，seldom(很少)，sometimes(有时)等时间状语连用。如：She is our English teacher.她是我们的英语老师。He takes a walk after supper every day.他每天晚饭后散步。The children go to school at seven every morning.孩子们每天早晨七点上学。2)表示主语的特征、性格、能力等。如：He workshard.他工作很努力。(即：他是一个勤劳的人。)Does she like sports?她爱好运动吗?(即：她是个运动爱好者吗?)The children draw well.这些孩子很会绘画。(表示能力)3)表示客观事实或普遍真理。如：The sun rises in the east.太阳从东方升起。Two plus two makes four.二加二等于四。Knowledge is power，知识就是力量。1.2现在一般时的其他用法l)在时间、条件状语从句中表示将来的动作。如：When they leave school,they will go to work in Tibet.他们毕业后将到西藏去工作。If You see him，will You tell him to ring me叩?如果你见到他，叫他给我打个电话好吗?We’ll visit the cotton mill if it is fine tomorrow.如果明天天晴，我们就去参观纺织厂。2)表示安排或计划好的将来的动作(一般只限于某些表示移动的动词，如go，come，leave，start等)。如：The train starts at ten o’clock in the morning.火车将于上午十点钟开出。When does the Japanese Youth delegation leave for Xian?日本青年代表团什么时候去西安?Supper is at five today.今天五点开晚饭。3)引用书籍报刊或其作者时，一般须用现在一般时。如：Marx says that a foreign language is a weapon in the struggle of life.马克思说外国语是人生斗争的武器。The story describes how a Young scientist develops a new theory.故事描写一个青年科学家如何建立了一个新的理论。4)主句中的谓语动词如是过去时态，其宾语从句的谓语动词一般也须用过去时态。但宾语从句如说的是客观真理，它的谓语动词仍须用现在一般时。如：Galileo insisted that the earth moves round the sun.伽利略坚持地球绕太阳运行的说法。[注]图片说明、电影说明、故事重述、戏剧的舞台说明以及报纸上的标题和故事的题目，常用现在一般时，小说一般用过去时态。但为了描写得生动，也往往用现在一般时和其他现在时态。5)在某些常用句子中表示在一个具体的现在时间所发生的动作或存在的状态(即不是经常发生的动作或存在的状态)。如：What time is it now?现在是几点钟?The patient is much better now.病人现在好多了。What is Shanghai like now?上海现在的情况如何?1.3在下面的感叹句中亦须用现在一般时。如：Here he comes.他来了。(注意here必须在句首)There goes the bell.铃响了。(注意there必须在句首)2.过去一般时的基本概念过去一般时(past indefinite tense)表示过去的动作或状态。这种动作或状态可能只限于一次，也可能是经常性的。如：He went to town yesterday.他昨天进城了。(一次性动作)The weather was warm last month.上个月天气很暖和。When I was Young I took cold baths regularly.我年轻时常洗冷水浴。(经常性动作)2.1过去一般时的形式l)概说过去一般时由规则或不规则动词的过去式表示；除be外，其余动词没有人称和数的变化。各种动词的否定结构和一般疑问结构，与现在一般时的否定结构和一般疑问结构相同。2)动词be第一人称单数和第三人称单数用was，其余用were。3)动词have一律用had，没有人称和数的变化。4)行为动词一律用过去式，没有人称和数的变化。现将过去一般时在肯定、否定、一般疑问和简略答语等四种结构。二.进行时态1.基本概念进行时态(continuous tense)表示在过去、现在或将来某一时刻或某段时间正在进行或发生的动作。1.1种类及形式进行时态有现在进行时、过去进行时、将来进行时、过去将来进行时四种，均由助动词be的四种一般时态的形式加现在分词构成。1.2一般时态与进行时态的区别一般时态与进行时态的主要区别有二：1)一般时态通常表示经常的动作或状态，而进行时态则表示在某一时刻或某段时间正在进行着的动作。如：We read newspapers every day.我们每天读报。She is now reading the newspaper.她现在正在读报。2)一般时态表示主语的固有特征、能力等，而进行时态则表示主语在某一时刻或某段时间内所进行的具体动作。如：He sings well.他唱得很好。He is singing a folk song.他在唱一首民歌。[注]并不是所有的动词都能用进行时态，例如表达状态、感情和感觉的某些动词，通常只能用一般时态而不能用进行时态，例如"know"(知道)一般就不能用进行时态。这类动词还有be(是)，have(有)，1ove(爱)，hate(恨)，want(想要)，1ike(喜欢)，think(认为)，believe(相信)，see(看见)，hear(听见)等。2.现在进行时的基本概念1)现在进行时表示此时此刻(说话人说话时)正在进行的动作，它并不表明这一动作从什么时候开始，到什么时候结束。汉语常用"(正)在"或"着"来表示这种时间关系。如：What are you doing?－I’m doing some washing.你在干什么?___我在洗衣服。Look!It is snowing.瞧!下着雪哩。She is drawing a map.她在画一张地图。Are they listening to the music?－NO，they are listening to the radio.他们在听音乐吗?___不，他们在听收音机。2)现在进行时可表示现阶段正在进行着的动作，虽然此时此刻这个动作可能并不在进行。如：He is working on a paper.他在写一篇论文。They are compiling a dictionary.他们在编一本词典。3)现在进行时有时可表示将来发生的动作，有"意图"或"打算"的含义(用于go，come，stay，1eave，start等表示移动的动词)。如：He is corning to see you tomorrow.他明天要来看你。They are going to the Ming tombs this coming Sunday.这个星期天他们要到十三陵去。They are taking the children to the zoo on Sunday.他们星期天要带孩子们去动物园。What are you doing next Sunday?I’m going on a picnic with my wife and daughter.这个星期天你要干什么?我要和妻子和女儿去野餐。3.过去进行时的基本概念过去进行时(past continuous tense)表示过去某一时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作。如：I was practicing the violin at eight o’clock yesterday evening.昨晚八点钟我正在练习小提琴。When Walter arrived home，his sister was doing her homework.沃尔特到家时，他妹妹正在做作业。Pat was watching TV all evening.帕特整个晚上都在看电视。3.1过去进行时的形式过去进行时由was(第一、三人称单数)或were(其余各人称和数)加现在分词所构成。过去进行时的基本用法表示在过去某一时刻或某一段时间正在进行的动作，这一特定的时间往往须用时间状语来表示。如：She was reading an English magazine when I came in.我进来时她在看一本英文杂志。It was getting dark.天黑了。They were working all day yesterday.他们昨天整天工作。We were cleaning the auditorium from 7 to 9 last night.昨晚七点到九点我们在打扫大礼堂。I met him when he was crossing the street.他过街时我碰见他。3.2过去进行时的其他用法1)表示移动的动词go，come，start，stay，leave等的过去进行时，可以表示过去将来发生的动作。如：They wanted to know when we were leaving for Shanghai.他们想知道我们什么时候到上海去。She asked whether he was starting then ext day.她问他是否第二天就动身。2)动词go的过去进行时态加动词不定式，可以表示在过去某一时间之后将要发生的动作。(比较8.24的3)如：They said they were going to set up a nursery.他们说他们要设立一个托儿所。She said the foreign guests were going to visit the Shanghai in dustrial Exhibition.她说外宾要去参观上海工业展览会。The monitor announced that our new teacher was going to speak to us.班长宣布新老师要跟我们讲话。3)过去进行时可用来描写故事发生的背景。如：It was a dark night.The wind was blowing hard and the rain was falling heavily.A young woman suddenly appeared on the riverbank.it was Xier.She had just escaped from Huang Shiren’s house.那是一个漆黑的夜晚。风刮得很厉害，雨下得很大。一个年轻妇女突然出现在河岸上。这就是喜儿。她刚从黄世仁的家里逃了出来。4.过去一般时与过去进行时用法比较过去一般时通常表示过去发生的一个单纯的事实，而过去进行时则表示在过去某一时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作，强调在这一过程中所进行的动作或展开的情景。试比较：We built a bridge last winter.去冬我们修了一座桥。(意即去冬我们做了这件事，桥已经修好了。)We were building a hydro-electric station last winter.去冬我们在修水电站。(意即去冬我们一直在修水电站，修完与否不详)I wrote a letter home last night.昨晚我写了一封家信。(意即)昨晚我做了这件事，信写完了。)I was writing a letter to my pen friend in America last night.昨晚我在给我的美国笔友写信。(意即昨晚我一直在写信，不一定写完)5.将来进行时的基本概念、形式和用法将来进行时(future continuous tense)表示将来某一时刻或某一段时间正在进行的动作。1)将来进行时的形式由助动词be的将来式，即shall be(第一人称)或will be(第二、三人称)加现在分词构成。美国英语一律用will。2)将来进行时的用法a)表示在将来某一时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作。如：This time tomorrow I shall be flying to Guangzhou.明天这个时候我将在飞往广州的途中。What will you be doing at eight tomorrow morning?明天上午八点钟你将做什么?I hope you won’t be feeling too tired.我希望你不要太累。We’ll be watching television all evening.我们整个晚上都将看电视。b)表示将来被客观情况所决定的动作或者按照安排将要发生的动作。如：We’ll be having tea after dinner as usual.像通常一样，我们晚饭后将要喝茶。The leaves will be falling soon.树叶很快就会脱落。I’ll be seeing him in the office tomorrow.我明天在办公室会见他。We shall be having a meeting tomorrow morning.我们明天要开一个会。I’ll be taking my holidays soon.我不久即将度假。6.过去将来进行时的墓本概念、形式和用法过去将来进行时(future-in-the-past continuous tense)表示在对过去某一时间而言的将来某一时刻或某一段时间正在进行的动作。1)过去将来进行时的形式由should be(第一人称)或wonld be(第二、三人称)加现在分词构成。美国英语一律用wonld。2)过去将来进行时的用法a)表示在过去的将来的某一时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作。如：He asked me what I should be doing at ten the next day.他问我第二天十点钟我将干什么。They said that they would be expecting us the next week.他们说他们下个星期等我们去。b)表示在过去某一时间之后即将或按计划进行的动作。如：He said he could not come because he would be haying a meeting.他说他不能来，因为要开会。三.完成时态1.现在完成时的基本概念和形式现在完成时（Present perfect tense）表示动作发生在过去，但与现在情况有关系，即用一个发生在过去的动作来说明现在的情况。现在完成时由动词have(has)+过去分词构成。1.1现在完成时的基本用法1)表示动作到现在为止已经完成或刚完成，汉语常用"了"或"过"来表示。如：I have finished my work.我把工作做完了。We have set up many new factories in this area.我们在这个地区建立了许多新工厂。She has read all these books.她把这些书都读完了。2)动作在过去完成，表示"经验"或"结果"。汉语常用"过"来表示。如：Have you ever seen the play The Doll’s House?你看过话剧《傀儡家庭》吗?Yes，I have seen it twice.我看过两遍了。I have learnt to drive.我学过开车。The man has lived in China.那人在中国住过。[注]注意be在下面句子中的意义。如：Where have you been?－I’ve been to the laboratory.你上哪儿去了?___到实验室去了。Have you ever been to Hangzhou?―No，I’ve never been there.你到过杭州吗?___没到过。How have you been?－I’ve been well thank you.你近来身体好吗?___谢谢你，我近来很好。1.2现在完成时与过去一般时的区别现在完成时和过去一般时都表示在过去完成的动作，但现在完成时强调这一动作与现在的关系，如对现在产生的结果、影响等，而过去一般时则表示动作发生在过去，一般不表示和现在的关系。试比较：1)I have lost my pen.我把钢笔丢了。(意即还没找到，现在我没有笔用。)She lost her pen yes today.她昨天把笔丢了。(笔是昨天丢的，现在找到与否，没有说明。)2)I have been to the Agricultural Exhibition.我看过这个农业展览会。(强调我知道它的内容)I went to the Agricultural Exhibition last week.我上周参观了这个农业展览会。(只说明我上周参观过展览会这件事)3)Who has opened the door?谁把门开了?(现在门还开着)Who opened the door?谁开的门?(指过去，与现在无关。现在门是关着还是开着，没有说明。)4)A：Have you had your lunch?你吃过年饭没有?(意即你现在不饿吗?)B：Yes，I have.吃了。(意即我现在饱了，不要再吃了。)A：When did you have it你什么时候吃的?(说话人感兴趣的是"吃"这一动作发生在什么时候。)B：I had it about half an hour ago.我是大约半小时前吃的。1.3现在完成时的其他用法1)还可表示动作发生在过去，并且一直延续到现在，甚至还可能继续延续下去。这时常和since所引导的短语或从句或for引导的短语连用(for有时可以省去)。How long have you been in Beijing?－I have been in Beijing for four years.你在北京呆了多久?___我在北京呆了四年。Isaac’s father has been a school teacher since 1968.艾萨克的父亲从一九六八年以来就当教师。We haven’t had a vacation for a long time.我们好久没放假了。Three years have passed since we left school.我们毕业已经三年了。[注]但在下面的句子中，主句的谓语动词可以用现在一般时。如：It is three years since I began to work on the state farm.我在国营农场工作已经三年了。(美国英语用has been，下例同此)It’s a long time since I saw you last.好久没见了。2)在条件、时间状语从句中表示将来完成的动作。I’ll go with you when I have finished my home work，我做完作业后就和你一块去。We’ll wait here until you have Written the letter.我们将在这里等你写完信。Perhaps I’ll know more English after I have learnt it for two years.我学完两午后，懂的英语或许就会多些了。1.4现在完成时的时间状语问题1)现在完成时说明的是现在的情况，是现在时态，因此不能和表示过去时间的状语如yesterday，1asr month，three years ago，in l960等连用。这些时间状语只能和过去时态连用，表示过去的动作。但现在完成时可和表示过去时间的副词just和before连用。如：He has just come.他刚到。We have seen the movie before，我们以前看过这个电影。2)现在完成时常和表示不确定的时间的副词already，never，ever，always，yet，not...yet，often等连用。如：Have you ever been in a plane?你坐过飞机吗?The new books have not arrived yet.新书还没有到。The Xisha lslands have always been Chinese territory.西沙群岛一直是中国的领土。Have you heard from him yet?你接到他的信了吗?They have already finished their experiment.他们已经做完试验了。Many westerners have never seen a giant panda.许多西方人从没见过大熊猫。We have often been to the Summer Palace.我们常到颐和园去玩。3)现在完成时可以和包括"现在"在内的时间状语连用，如now，today，this month，this year等。如：We have planted many fruit trees this year.我们今年种了很多果树。Have you seen Benny today?你今天见到本尼了吗?We’ve had a lot of rain this summer.今年夏天雨下得很多。但如说话人所感兴趣的只是在这段时间内发生了某一动作，而不是这一动作与现在的关系时，须用过去时态。如：The conference opened this month.会议是本月开幕的。Their farm set up a pumping station this year.他们农场今年新修了一个抽水站。1.5现在完成时可和疑问副词where，why，how连用，但通常不和疑问副词when连用(when一般只与过去时态连用)。如：Where have you been?你去哪儿了?(询问经过情况。如说Where did you go?则只问地点)Why have you turned off the radio?你干吗把收音机关了?(强调和现在的关系，意即收音机关着。如说Why did you turn off the radio?则强调关收音机这一过去的动作。)助动词1.助动词的形式与作用1)英语常用的助动词(auxiliary verb)有shall，will，should，would，be，have，do等。助动词一般无词义，不能单独作谓语动词。助动词在句中的作用，在于帮助构成各种时态、语态、语气、否定和疑问结构等。如：China has entered a great new era.中国已进入了一个伟大的新时期。(帮助构成完成时态)Some boys are playing on the grass.一些男孩正在草地上玩。(帮助构成进行时态)Mother is written by Gorky.《母亲》是高尔基写的。(帮助构成被动语态)We Shall have the football match if it does not rain.如果不下雨，我们就赛足球。(帮助构成将来时态和否定结构)Do you see my point?你明白我的意思吗?(帮助构成疑问结构)[注]在否定结构中，not须放在助动词后面。2)助动词加not一般都有简略式，用于口语中。如：is not-isn’t would not___wouldn’t are not___aren’t[B:nt]have not___haven’t was not___wasn’t has not___hasn’t were not___weren’t[wE:nt]had not___hadn’t shall not___shan’t[FB:nt]do not___don’t[dEunt]will not___won’t[wEunt]does not___doesn’t should not___shouldn’t did not___didn’t 2.be助动词be的形式变化和动词be。be作为助动词的用法有下列几种：1)be后跟动词的现在分词可以构成各种进行时态。如：The driver is cleaning the car.司机在擦车。Yesterday afternoon we were discussing a new plan.昨天下午我们在讨论一个新的计划。Women in our country are playing an important part in socialist construction.我国妇女在社会主义建设中正起着重要的作用。2)be后跟动词的过去分词可以构成被动语态。如：A lot of consumer goods are made of nylon.许多消费品都是尼龙作的。The Flower Show is usually held here in October.花展通常于10月在此举行。The cinema will be closed for repair from March 3rd.影院自三月三日起修理内部停止营业。3)be加动词不定式有下列各种用法：a)表示未来的安排或计划。如：The delegation is to leave for Shanghai tomorrow.代表团定于明天去上海。I’m to be home before midnight.我午夜前一定回来。b)表示必要或命令或问对方的意志。如：You’re to hand in your exercises tomorrow.你们明天要交练习。Where am I to put these tools?这些工具应该放在什么地方?What is to be done?怎么办?c)表示"可能"，与can或may相仿。如：I am not sure whether he is to turn up tonight.我不能断定他今晚是否能来。My key is nowhere to be found.我哪儿也找不着我的钥匙。d)be+about+动词不定式则表计划即将，如：The meeting is about to begin.会议即将开始。have的过去式是had。Have(had)作为助动词和过去分词一起，构成各种完成时态。如：I have known Mr.Smith for four years.我认识史密斯先生已经四年了。He has not made up his mind yet.他还没有决定呢。A woman came in with a baby，who had just swallowed a safety pin.一个妇女带进来一个刚吞进一个别针的婴儿。[注]have的简略式是’ve，has的简略式是’s，had的简略式是’d，如I’ve，you’ve，he’s，I’d，we’d，he’d，they’d等。do的过去式是did。do(did)作为助动词，有下列一些用法：1)构成现在一般时和过去一般时的疑问句和否定句。如：Do you know each other?你们两人认识吗?How do you find the climate here?你觉得这里的气候怎么样?She did not go to hospital after breakfast She went to work as usual.早饭后她没有去医院，她照常上班去了。2)构成否定的祈使句。如：Don’t be so careless.不要那么粗枝大叶。Do not hesitate to come when you need help.有困难只管来。3)加强陈述句和祈使句的语气。如：I do think he is right.我确实认为他是对的。Do come often.一定常来呀。Do ask，if you have any questions.如果有问题，务必提出。4)用于倒装句中。如：Only then did I understand the importance of science.只是到了那时，我才了解到科学的重要性。Never did I expect to see him there.我从未想到会在那里看到他。5)还可用来代替主要动词，以避免重复。较常用在简略答语中。如：Does he also study geography?他也学地理吗?――Yes，he does.是的，他也学地理。Did it snow a lot last week?――Yes，it did。上星期雪下得多吗?___是的，下得很多。He works even harder than you do.他比你还要用功。[注]上面最后一句中的do应唤作替代词，只是为了初学者的方便而放在助动词项下。3.shall和Will助动词shall本身没有词义，只用在第一人称的将来时态中(现多为will所代替)。在将来一般时中，shall后接动词原形。如：I shall think it over.我要好好考虑一下。Don’t worry.We shall tell you all about it.你别担心。我们都会告诉你的。1)助动词will本身没有词义，只用在第二、三人称的将来时态中。will在将来一般时中后接动词原形。如：He will be twenty-five years old next month.他下个月将是二十五岁。You will have an examination in English tomorrow.你们明天有英语考试。The weather forecast says that there’ll be heavy rain tomorrow.天气预报明天有大雨。2)should和would助动词should是shall的过去式，它本身没有词义，用于第一人称的过去将来时态中(现多用would)。should在过去将来一般时中后接动词原形。如：We were told that we should sight the Treasure lsland that night.我们被告知那天夜里我们就要看见宝岛了。3)助动词would是will的过去式，它本身没有词义，用于第二、三人称的过去将来时态中。would在过去将来一般时中后接动词原形。如：He said that he would always remember that day.他说他将永远记住那一天。情态动词概述1.特征1)情态动词(modal verb)本身有词义，表示说话人的语气或情态，但词义不完全，不能单独用作谓语动词，一般只能和动词原形一起构成谓语动词。2)情态动词所表示的情态有：命令、允诺、请求、拒绝、愿望、愿意、义务、必要、可能、能力、敢于、需要等。3)情态动词(ought除外)和助动词shall，will，should，would一样，后面的动词不定式一般皆不带。2.形式变化1)没有人称和数的变化，第三人称单数的现在时也无变化。如：I can We can You can You can He They can She can It 2)有些情态动词有过去式，有少数过去式和它的原形相同。a)有过去式的情态动词有：may___would can――could may――night shall___should have to___had to b)过去式不变的情态动词有：must-must(或had to)ought to-ought to need___need dare-dare(亦可用dared)3)大多数情态动词后面可用动词的进行式、完成式和被动形式，如：can(may，must)be doing，can(may，must)have done，can(may，must)be done等。3.否定式情态动词和助动词一样，后面可直接跟否定词not。现将情态动词的否定式及其否定式的简略式(简略式用于口语中)列举如下：shall not___shan’t[FB:nt]will not___won’t[wEunt]can not-can’t[kB:nt]must not-mustn’t[5mQsnt]should not___shouldn’t would not___wouldn’t could not___couldn’t dare not-daren’t[dZEnt]need not___needn’t 4.在疑问句中的用法情态动词在疑问句中的用法和助动词相同。如：May I ask you a question?我可以问你一个问题吗?Can you let me use your dictionary for a minute?你能把字典借我用一会儿吗?Would you like to visit the heavy machinery plant?你想参观重型机器厂吗?注意have to在疑问句中的位置。如：Do you have to go out today?你今天一定得出去吗?Does he have to finish the work tomorrow?他明天非做完这项工作不可吗?一.情态动词－－can,could 1.can和could 1.1 can的词义表示体力或脑力方面的"能力"或客观上的"可能"。如：Can you ride a bike?Yes，I can.你能骑自行车吗?是的，我能骑。Can Mr.Smith use chopsticks?No，he can’t.史密斯先生会用筷子吗?不，他不会。Most women here can read and write now.这里的多数妇女都能识字，也会写字。In China even barren mountains can be turned into fertile fields.在中国，荒山也能变成良田。1.2 can用在否定句和疑问句中时在这种句子中，can常可意谓"可能"，表示猜测和推理。如：It surely can’t be six o’clock already?不可能已经六点钟了吧?You can’t be hungry so soon，Tom.You’ve just had lunch.顿姆，你不可能饿得这么快，你刚吃过午饭。She cannot be so careless.她不可能这么粗心。Where can he be?他会在什么地方呢?What can he mean?他会是什么意思呢?It surely can’t be six o’clock already?不可能已经是六点钟了吧?[注一]can加动词的进行时态，也可表示"可能"。如：What can he be doing all this time?他一直会是在干什么呢?She cannot be playing ping-pong now.她现在不可能在打乒乓球。[注二]在日常会话中，can可代替may表示"允许"，may比较正式，如：You can drop in any time.你随时都可以来串门。Can I use your basin?of course，you can.我可以用你的脸盆吗?___当然可以。You can have my seat，I’m going now.我要走了，你坐我的座位吧。2.Could could是Can的过去式，表示与过去有关的1)能力和2)可能(在否定和疑问句中)。如：1)We were sure that he could do the work.我们肯定他能做这工作。He was a farmhand.He could not afford to send his son to school.他是个雇农，他供不起儿子上学。2)At that time we thought the Story could not be true.那时我们以为所说的事不可能是真的。[注]could可代替can表示现在，但语气较为婉转。如：could you wait half an hour?请你等半个小时好吗?could you please ring up again at six?六点钟请你再来电话好吗?could we visit a kindergarten?I’ve been wanting to see one ever since I came to China.我们可以访问一个幼儿园吗?我自从到中国来以后，一直想看一所幼儿园。[注二]表示过去的能力并已完成一具体动作时须用were(was)able(to)，不可用could。如：I am glad we were able to catch the train.我很高兴我们能赶上火车。但如未完成一具体动作，则可用could not。如：I am sorry we couldn’t(或weren’t able to)catch the train.我很遗憾我们没有能赶上火车。3.can的形式can只有现在式can和过去式could两种形式，能表示现在一般和过去一般两种时态，有时也能表示将来。所有其他时态(包括将来)须用be able加动词不定式来表示。如：With their help,we shall be able to finish the work in a few days.有他们的协助，我们将会在几天之内完成这项工作。They have not been able to come to Boston.他们没有能到波斯顿来。Mr.Johnson rang up just now to Say that he won’t be able to come over this evening.约翰逊先生刚来电话，说今天晚上他来不了。4.can，could用于否定或疑问句中can(could)用于否定或疑问句中后面跟动词原形的完成式时，表示对过去发生事件的"可能性"。而could较can更加表示说话人的"不肯定的"语气。如：Can he have left already?他会是走了吗?Could she have forgotten my address?她会把我的地址忘记了吗?It couldn’t have been henry.He has gone to the factory.不可能是亨利，他已经去工厂了。Surely she can not have arrived so early.他当然不可能这么早到这里的。[注]could加动词的完成式时，有时表示"过去可能完成但事实上并没有实现的动作"。如：You could have done the work better.你本来可以做得更好些。(事实上你做得不那么好)You could have got the early train.你本来可以搭上早班火车的。(事实上没搭上)情态动词___must 1.must的词义must表示"必须"或"应当"。如：I must leave at 9:00我必须在九点钟离开这里。Soldiers must obey orders.士兵必须服从命令。You must get to the stallion before three o’clock.你必须在三点钟以前到达车站。You must come earlier tomorrow.你明天得早点来。2.must的否定式must的否定形式must not表示"不应该"或"不许可"，语气比较强烈。如：We mustn’t waste our time.我们不应该浪费我们的时间。Passengers must not walk across the railway line.旅客不要横穿铁路。You mustn’t miss that modern ballet，It is extremely good.你可不要错过这个现代芭蕾舞剧，它好极了。One must not divorce oneself from the masses.不应该脱离群众。[注]说"不必"须用need not。如：Must we hand in our exercises today?－No，You needn’t.我们必须今天交练习吗?___不，不必今天交。3.must也可表示过去must只有现在式，通常用以表示现在，但有时也可以表示过去(多用在间接引语中)。如：He told us we must all be ready by nine.他告诉我们在九点钟以前都得准备好。It was too late to go back，we must go on.太晚了，回不去了，我们只有继续往前走。[注]have to(必须)则可以表示各种时间。如：I am afraid You will have to wait a while.我看你得等一会儿。At every step I had to pull my legs out of the snow.我每走一步都得将双腿从雪中拔出来。4.must也可表示说话人对事物的推测但比may肯定得多，相当于汉语的"一定"或"准是"。如：He must be in the library now.他现在准是在图书馆。The old man must be over seventy now.那老人准有七十多岁了。She must know how to do farm work.她一定懂得怎样干农活。You ate very little at breakfast today.You must be hungry now.你今天早餐吃得很少，现在一定饿了。[注]must加动词原形的进行式，也可表示对现在发生的动作的推测，有"一定"、"准是"的意思。如：She must be working on the experimental plot.她现在一定在试验田里工作。5.must加动词原形的完成式说明对过去事物的推测，表示"一定"或"准是"的意思。如：I mailed the letter two weeks ago.She must have received it.我是两星期以前发的信，她一定已经收到了。She must have studied English before.她以前一定学过英语。How did you know about it?Somebody must have told you.你怎么知道这事的?一定有人告诉你了。三.情态动词___may,might 1.may表示"允许"或"请求"May I come in?－Yes，do.我可以进来吗?___请进。May I borrow you raincoat?我可以借用你的雨衣吗?You may go now.你现在可以走了。You may ring us up any time during office hours.在办公时间你可以随时给我们打电话。[注]may表示"允许"的否定形式是must not(不应该，不许可)。如：May I take this book out of the reading-room?－No，you mustn’t.我可以把这本书拿出阅览室吗?___不行。2.may还可表示说话人的猜测，认为某一事情"或许"或"可能"发生We may call on you this evening.我们也许今天晚上来看你。She may not go to the concert tonight.今晚她可能不去听音乐会了。The news may or may not be true.消息也许是真的，也许不是真的。[注]may用在感叹句中可表示祝愿，愿望如：May you succeed.祝你成功。May you have a pleasant journey.一路平安。3.might为may的过去式The speaker said we might ask him any question.作报告的人说我们可以向他提任何问题。He said he might go to the Palace Museum on Sunday.他说他星期天可能去参观故宫博物院。[注一]night也可代替may，表示现在，但语气较为婉转客气或更加不肯定。如：He night not come today.今天他也许不来了。Might I make a suggestion?我可以提个建议吗?[注二]might用来表示现在时，还可表示"规劝"，如：You might，pay more attention to spoken English.你要更多地注意英语口语。You might shut the windows.The wind is blowing so hard outside.关上窗户吧。外面风很大。4.may(might)后加动词的完成式表示对过去的推测，认为某一事情在过去"可能"发生。这里may和might都指过去，不过might较为含蓄委婉或更加不肯定(常用于肯定结构)。如：Nick may(might)have gone to the library.尼克可能到图书馆去了。Our manager may(might)have gone to Harbin last weekend.我们的经理上周末可能已经去哈尔滨了。She may(might)have missed the plane.她也许没赶上飞机。[注一]may和might常用在so that和in order that所引导的目的状语从句中(现在英语中还经常用can)。如：Write is in simple language in order that everybody may understand it.为了大家都看得懂，你要用简明的文字写。He died，so that others night 1iye.他为了别人而牺牲了。[注二]might加动词的完成式，可说明某一事情在过去没有实现并含有"劝告"甚至"责备"的意思。如：You might have told me earlier.你本来可以早点告诉我的。You might have been more careful.你本来可以多加小心。情态动词－－have to have to加动词原形表示"不得不"、"必须"的概念。它比must更含有"客观条件使得必须如此做"的意思，并有较多的时态。如：Mr.Johnson has to work very hard to earn a living.约翰逊先生为了谋生不得不拼命干活。I had to leave the party early last night.I wasn’t very well.昨晚我只得早点离开晚会，我不大舒服。We will have to get up very early tomorrow.我们明天必须起得很早。I shall have to go to the clinic today for my bad cough.我咳嗽得厉害，今天必须去诊疗所看看。[注]口语中的I have got to，you have got to等：I have to，you have to.Have I got to?和Do I have to?这两种疑问形式均可用。五.情态动词___shall 1.shall作为情态动词用于第二、三人称可表示说话人给对方的"命令"、"警告"、"允诺"、"威胁"等概念。如：You shall do it，whether you want to or not.不管你愿意不愿意，你必须做这项工作。(命令)You shall have the book as soon as I finish it.这本书我一看完就给你。(允诺)You shall pay for it.你一定会受到惩罚的。(威胁)2.在疑问句中，情态动词shall用于第一、三人称表示说话人征求对方的意见或向对方请示。如：What shall I do now?我现在该做什么?Shall we go for a walk?我们去散步好吗?Shall he come tomorrow?你要他明天来吗?六.情态动词___should 1.情态动词Should表示"劝告"、"建议"时这时should常译作"应当"。如：We Should learn about the computer and make full use of it.我们应该了解计算机并加以充分利用。You should listen to the doctor’s advice.你应当听大夫的话。You should study the article care fully.你应当细，心学习这篇文章。2.should还可以表示"预测"、"可能"They should be here by now.他们现在可能到了。The reference book should be in the reading-room.这本参考书可能在阅览室里。should有时表示说话人的感情如惊奇、愤怒、失望等Why should I go?我干吗要去?(不满)I am sorry that he Should be so obstinate.我很遗憾，他竟这样固执。(失望)It’s strange that it should be so hot today.很怪，今天怎么这么热。(惊奇)3.should后跟动词的完成式时这时句子指的是过去的事情。如果是肯定句，常说明某件事本应完成而未完成；如果是否定句，表示发生了不应当发生的事情.如：You should have stopped at in red light.你见了红灯本应该停车。You Should not have gone back to work without the doctor’s permission.你不应当未经医生许可就回去工作。He Should have come earlier.他应早一点来。情态动词___will可用于各人称，表示"意志"、"意愿"、"决心"、"允诺"等。如：I will try.我愿一试。I will do my best.我一定尽力而为。We will never do it again.我们永远不会再做此事了。Which will you fake?你要哪一个?Who will go with me?谁愿和我一同去?will在疑问句中用子第二人称时这时句子表示说话人向对方提出请求或询问。如：Will you please explain the sentence once more?请你再把这个句子解释一遍好吗?Will you have western food or Chinese food，Mr.Smith?史密斯先生，你吃西餐还是中餐?Will you pass me the butter?请你把黄油递给我好吗?注意下面句中的won’t亦表请求：Won’t you come in?请进来好吗?[注一]在条件状语从句中须用现在一般时表将来，但当will用作情态动词表意愿时，则亦可用于条件状语从句，如I’ll be glad if you will come.(你如愿来，我将会很高兴)。[注二]will在下面句子中=I suppose(我猜想)或probably(大概)。如：This will be the room you are looking for.这大概就是你要找的那个房间。You will remember the story I told you the other day.你们大概还记得我那天给你们讲的那个故事。[注三]will有时表示一种习惯动作或状态。如：Water will boil at 100 degrees Centigrade.水总是在摄氏100度煮沸。Boys will be boys.男孩子总是男孩子。八.情态动词___would是will的过去式，可用于各人称，表示过去时间的"意志"、"愿望"和"决心"等。如：He declared that he would do everything to help us.他说要尽一切可能来帮助我们。I told peter that I would go along wit him.我告诉彼得我要跟他一块去。All in e doctors and nurses told Dr.Bethune not to give his own blood to the wounded,but he wouldn’t listen.和护士劝白求恩大夫不要把自己的血输给伤员，但是他不听。would用来表示现在时间时这时would不论是表达说话人本身的意志或向对方提出请求，均较will婉转。如：Would you tell us something about yourself?请跟我们谈谈你自己好吗?Would you like to have a glass of wine?你要喝杯酒吗?Would you please tell me the way to the nearest bus-stop?请告诉我去最近的公共汽车站怎么走好吗?Would you mind helping me with my packing?请你帮我打打行李好吗?[注]在日常会话中，I would like to和I should like to都可以说，I would like的简略式为I’d like。如：I should(would)like to have a look at the new television set.我想看看这架新电视机。I’d like to borrow a copy of Alice in Wonderland.我要借一本《爱丽丝漫游奇境记》。Would还可以表示过去习惯发生的动作I found that retired persons would often go to the park to play chess.我发现退休的人经常到公园里下棋。When he had a problem to solve，he would work at it until he found an answer.当他有个问题要解决时，他总是想办法一直到找到答案为止。情态动词___ought ought只有一种形式，后面须跟带to的动词不定式。Ought表示"有义务或必要"做某件事，还可表示"劝告"。如：.You ought to follow the old man’s advice.你应当听那位老人的话。You oughtn’t to smoke so much.你不应当抽烟太多。You ought to go to the clinic at once.You don’t look well.你脸色不好，应该马上到医务室去。[注]ought表示"应该"，语气比should强。ought后加动词不定式的完成式时指过去的动作。如用肯定形式(ought to have done)，表示某一件事该做而未做，相当于should have done。如用否定形式(ought not to have done)，则表示一件不该做的事情发生了，相当于should not have done。如：He ought to have done the exercise more carefully.这个练习他应当作得更细心一些。I ought to have returned these books to the library last week.我上星期就应当把这些书还给图书馆。You ought not to have been so rude.你不该这样粗鲁。You ought not to have taken his skates without asking him.你不该没有得到他的许可就把他的冰鞋拿走。十.情态动词___dare dare的用法和其他动词有所不同。dare用于否定句或疑问句中时，其用法和其他情态动词一样，即dare本身无变化，后面所跟的动词不定式不带to。如：They dare not tell the truth.他们不敢说真话。Dare he admit his mistake?他敢于承认错误吗?He dared say no more。他不敢再说了。但是dare用在肯定结构中时，后面的动词不定式可加to。如：Young people should dare to think，dare to speak and dare to act.青年人要敢想、敢说、敢干。[注一]在否定句或疑问句中，dare也可用作实义动词，用助动词do来帮助，后面的动词不定式可带to。如：Do they dare to do it?他们敢做这事吗?The enemy did not dare to come out after dark.敌人夜间不敢出来。[注二]注意下面将两种不同动词揉合在一起的说法。如：I didn’t dale come.我不敢来。Who dares stop me?谁敢阻拦我?十一.情态动词___need need的用法与dare几乎完全相同。即在否定句或疑问句中，和其他情态动词一样，本身无变化，后面用不带to的动词不定式；在肯定句中时，和实义动词一样，后面的动词不定式要带to，第三人称单数现在一般时加-s，并有时态的变化。如：Need we return the magazines today?我们今天需要把杂志还回去吗?Every member needs to pay only a little money a year to get medical care.每个成员每年只需缴一点钱就可以得到医疗。You need not write down your translation.You may do it orally.你们不必写下这个翻译练习，口头做就行了。[注]与dare一样，在否定句或疑问句里，need也可和实义动词相同，用助动词to do来帮助，后面的动词不定式必须带to。如：Do they need to take any tools with them?－No.,they don’t need to.他们需要带工具吗?___不需要。He did not need to go there early that day.那天他不必早去。need后面有名词作宾语时完全用作实义动词，表示"需要"或"缺乏"某件事物。这时，它的变化和一般实义动词完全相同。如：I need a dictionary.我需要字典。You need a hair-cut.你该理发了。Do you need a fountain-pen?你需要一支自来水笔吗?I don’t need a new jacket.我不需要一件新茄克衫。Mary looks tried，she needs a rest.玛丽看上去累了，需要休息。Needn’t后加动词不定式(不带to)的完成式时指过去已做了但勿须做的动作。如：You needn’t have watered the vegetables，as it is going to rain.你满可以不必浇菜，天要下雨了。You needn’t have brought your umbrella.We are going by taxi你满可以不必带伞，我们要坐出租汽车去。[注一]注意didn’t have to和didn’t nee to则常表示过去未做也勿须做的动作。如：I didn’t have to interpret it for her，for she knows Chinese.我勿须为她翻译，她懂汉语。I didn’t need to take a taxi；it is only five minutes walk to the station.到车站只须走五分钟，我不需要坐出租汽车。[注二]used to和had better也可看作是情态动词。情态动词used to表示过去的习惯，但现在已无此习惯(would表过去习惯时则无此含义)。如：When I was young，I used to play football.我小时常踢足球。He didn’t use to come.(或用usedn’t to)他过去不常来。Did he used to come?(亦可说used he to...?)他过去常来吗?had better表可取，意为"应该"或"最好"。如：We had better go now.我们最好走吧。You’d better stop now.你现在应该停下来。(对长辈不可用had better)Hadn’t we better go now?我们现在走不好吗?(had better一般不用于肯定疑问句)非限定动词一、非限定动词A种类、意义和特征1)非限定动词(verbal)有动词不定式、动名词和分词三种。2)非限定动词和限定动词的基本区别a)限定动词在句子中可以单独作谓语动词，非限定动词在句中则不能单独作谓语动词。b)限定动词的形式要与主语的人称和数一致，而非限定动词的形式则不受主语的人称和数的限制。如：He likes to sing它他喜欢唱歌。They like to sing.他们喜欢唱歌。限定动词like受主语人称和数的限制，的形式与主语一致。第一句为likes，第二句为like。非限定动词sing则不受这种限制，它的形式不随主语而改变。The man walking in front was carrying a flag.走在前面的人打着一面旗子。The men walking in front were carrying flags.走在前面的人们都打着旗子。限定动词be受主语的人称和数的限制，它的形式须与主语一致。第一句为was，第二句为were.非限定动词walking则不受主语的限制，它的形式不随主语而改变。3)非限定动词的双重性a)非限定动词有动词的特征：(a)如果非限定动词是及物动词，须有宾语。(b)非限定动词可以由状语来修饰。(c)非限定动词仍有语态和时态的变化。b)非限定动词还有一些非动词的特征它相当于名词、形容词等，在句子里可以作这些词类所能用作的句子成分。非限定动词双重性举例：He promised to do it tonight.他答应今天晚上做。(非限定动词to do的动词性质表现在它有宾语"和状语tonight它的非动词性质表现在它用作promised的宾语。)I am sorry to have disturbed you.我打扰你了，对不起。(to have disturbed是动词不定式to disturb的完成式，说明非限定动词有时态上的变化，这也是非限定动词的动词性质。)I saw many people spreading manure in the fields.我看见许多人在地里施肥。(非限定动词spreading是现在分词，它有宾语manure和状语in the fields。)There is no time to be lost.必须抓紧时间。(to be lost是动词不定式to lose的被动式，说明非限定动词有语态上的变化这也是非限定动词的动词性质。)4)非限定动词短语带有宾语或状语的非限定动词词组，称为非限定动词短语。如：I have no time to finish that long novel this week.我本周没有时间读完那本长篇小说。(不定式短语)Forgetting the past means betrayal.忘记过去就意味着背叛。(动名词短语)Members wishing to see the play are requested to notify Li Min be fore Saturday.愿意看戏的会员请在星期六以前通知李敏。二、非限定动词B动词不定式意义、形式和特征1)基本概念和形式动词不定式(infinitive)是一种非限定动词，由不定式符号to加动词原形所构成。动词不定式有动词的特征，同时也有名词、形容词和副词的特征。2)动词不定式的动词特征a)如果动词不定式是及物的，须有宾语。如：He wants to study Japanese.他想学习日语。(动词不定式to study后面有宾语Japanese)b)动词不定式可以被状语修饰。如：The rain continued to fall heavily.雨继续下得很大。(动词不定式to fall后面有状语heavily)动词不定式加宾语或状语构成动词不定式短语，如上二例中的to study Japanese和to fall heavily。3)动词不定式的非动词特征用法动词不定式具有名词、形容词和副词的特征，所以它在句子中可用作主语、表语、宾语、定语和状语。1)主语To lean out of the window is dangerous.把身子伸出窗外是危险的。To talk with him is a great pleasure.和他谈话是一件非常愉快的事。To die for the people is a glorious death!为人民而死，虽死犹荣。动词不定式短语作主语时，往往放在谓语动词的后面，而在句首用引词"作语法上的主语。上述两句即可改为：It is a great pleasure to talk with him.It is a glorious death to die for the people.注意也常用"It is+形容词+动词不定式短语"这样的句型：It is necessary to make a plan for this course of study.必须订一个学习这门课程的计划。It is not difficult to learn a foreign if you spend time and effort on it.小只要你花时间下功夫，学好一门外国语并不难。It’s just impossible to see that and not weep.看见那种情景而不哭是根本不可能的。(注意weep之前省去了to，以免重复)2)表语Her wish is to become an astronaut.她的愿望是成为一名宇航员。Our plan is to finish the work in two weeks.我们的计划是在两周内完成这项工作。His only desire was to be useful to the country.他唯一的愿望是做一个对国家有用的人。3)宾语有些及物动词常用动词不定式作宾语。这些动词有want(想要)，wish(想望)，like(喜欢)，decide(决定)，help(帮助)，pledge(保证)，begin(开始)，forget(忘记)，learn(学习)，ask(要求)等等。动词不定式一般不作介词的宾语。如：He wants to be a village school teacher in a mountain area.他要做个山村教师。Do you like to watch football matches?你喜欢看足球赛吗?Learn to walk before you run.先学走后学跑。We decided to make changes in our plan.我们决定把计划做些修改。动词不定式也可以用来作某些形容词的宾语。这些形容词通常只有ready(准备好，愿意)，eager(急于)，anxious(急于)等，但为了学习上的方便，也可以包括able(能够)，sure(一定)，glad(高兴)，sorry(难过)，afraid(怕)，free(随意)，pleased(高兴)，determined(决心)，willing(愿意)等。如：He is sure to succeed.他肯定会成功。How do you do?I’m glad to meet you.你好?见到你很高兴。The boys and girls are anxious to learn how to skate.这些男孩子和女孩子渴望学会滑冰。4)定语动词不定式作定语时，须放在被修饰的名词或代词之后。如：He is always the first one to get up.他总是第一个起床。I have a few words to say on this question。关于这个问题我有几句话要说。They are discussing ways to guarantee high output.他们正在讨论保证高产量的办法。After the Ching Ming Festival it is time to sow sorghum，millet and corn.清明节一过，正是播种高梁、谷子和玉米的时节。5)状语动词不定式作状语时，一般放在它所修饰的动词之后。a)表示目的He went to Beijing to study in 1988.一九八八年他去北京学习。He went to Paris to learn French.他去巴黎学法文。[注一]强调动词不定式所表示的目的时，动词不定式可变为in order to(为了)或so as to(以便)加动词原形。如：We often listen to English broadcasts in order to get more practice in training our ears.我们经常听广播，以便加强听力训练。In order to learn acupuncture，she practiced on herself every day.为了学习针灸，她每天在自己身上试验。(注意in order to可放在句首)We must have good soil so as to grow roses.种玫瑰花要有好的土壤。[注二]动词不定式可以放在句首，使其所表示的目的更加明显突出。如：To be a good teacher one must use good teaching methods.要成为好的教师一定要有好的教学方法。To de fend our country we must strengthen ourselves.为了保卫祖国，我们必须自强不息。[注三]注意有些用作句子独立成分的习惯语，如to begin with(首先)，to conclude(最后)，to be sure(当然)，to tell you the truth(老实对你说)等。b)表示结果My grandmother lived to see the birth of my little daughter.我的祖母活到亲眼看到我的小女儿出生。A few years later he came home to find that his hometown had greatly changed.几年后他回到家里，发现故乡的面貌大大地改变了。[注一]有时可以用too...to(太…而不能)结构来表示"结果办不到"。如：He is too young to join the army.他太年轻了，不能参军。It was too cold，to go out last night.昨晚太冷，无法出去。[注二]动词不定式和only连用时，常表示未预料到的结果。如：I went to see him only to find him out.我去看他，不料他出去了。I hurried to the post office，only to find it was closed.我匆忙赶到邮局，不料已经关门了。三、非限定动词C含有动词不定式的复合宾语动词不定式可用作复合宾语中的宾浯补足语。可有这种复合宾语结构的动词有get(请)，ask(请求)，order(命令)，persuade(说服)，advise(劝告)，like(喜欢)，want(想要)，tell(叫)，know(知道)help(帮助)，call on(号召，请求)，等等。如：He got someone to repair the door.他请人修理门。I persuaded my brother to change his mind.我说服我弟弟改变了主意。The doctor advised him to take a good rest.大夫劝他好好休息。在某些及物动词的复合宾语中，动词不定式须省掉too这些动词有：make(使)，let(让)，see(见)，watch(望)，hear(听)，have(使)，feel(觉得)等。动词help后不定式的to可以省掉，也可以保留。如：Make the past serve the present and foreign things serve China.古为今用，洋为中用。He let me go home.他让我回家。We must have someone repair the refrigerator.我们必须叫人来修电冰箱。I heard him speak in the next room.我听到池在隔壁房间里讲话。Mother is helping pat(to)clean her shoes.妈妈正帮蓓蒂刷鞋子。[注一]上述句子变成被动语态时，动词不定式的to仍须保留。如四、非限定动词D动词不定式的否定结构动词不定式的否定结构由在不定式符号to之前加上not而成。如：He decided not to go home.他决定不回家。The teacher warned the pupils not to go skating on thin ice.教师警告学生不要在薄冰上滑冰。I told him not to open the door.我叫他不要开门。疑问词+动词不定式疑问代词who，what，which和疑问副词when，where，how等后加动词不定式，构成一种特殊的动词不定式短语，可在句子中作主语、宾语、表语等成分。如：When to start has not been decided.何时动身尚未决定。(作主语)They told her where to find her little brother.他们告诉她到哪里找她的小弟弟。(作宾语)The teacher showed the students how to do the exercise.老师教学生如何做练习。(作宾语)He thought a lot about how to improve his English pronunciation.他对如何提高英语语音想得很多。(作介词的宾语)动词不定式复合结构"for+名词(或代词宾格)+动词不定式"在这种结构中的for本身无意义。名词(或代词宾格)形式上是for的宾语，但在逻辑上可以说是动词不定式的主语。这种不定式复合结构在句子里可作下列成分：1)主语For us to learn foreign languages is important.学习外语对我们来说是重要的。在句中，for us在逻辑上是to learn foreign languages的主语。这种结构作主语时，和简单的动词不定式结构一样，一般都用引词讧来代表并放在句首，"for+名词(或代词宾格)+不定式"则放在句末。如：It is important for us to learn foreign languages.It is necessary for us to learn from each other.我们必须相互学习。2)表语It is for you to decide.这得由你决定。3)宾语Can you arrange for a car to take us there?你能安排一辆汽车送我们到那里去吗?4)定语There is a lo to work for us to do.有很多工作要我们去做。5)状语The policeman blew his whistle for the carts to stop.警察吹哨要那几辆大车停下来。(作目的状语)五、非限定动词E动词不定式一般式所表示的时间关系1)动词不定式一般式表示的动作与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生。如：I saw him go out.我看见他出去了。(saw与go out两个动作同时发生)Would you help me put things in order before we leave?在我们离开之前，你帮我整理一下东西好吗?(would help和put同时发生)2)但在很多情况下，动词不定式一般式表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之后；如：I hope to see you again.我希望再见到你。(to see这个动作发生在hope之后)The boy said he wanted to be a scientist.这男孩说他想做一个科学家。(to be在wanted之后)动词不定式的时态形式动词不定式通常有三种时态形式，现以write为例：一般式to write进行式to be writing完成式to have written动词不定式完成式的用法动词不定式完成式表示的动作发生在限定动词表示的动作之前。如：I am sorry to have kept you waiting.对不起，叫你久等了。(to have kept发生在am所表示的时间之前)She seems to have read the book before.她好像看过这本书。(to have read发生在seems所表示的时间之前)The battery appears to have run down.这组电池好像已经用完了。(to have run down发生在appears所表示的时间之前)但在下面句子中，动词不定式表示"动作没有完成"：We were to have met at ten.我们本来是约定十点钟见面的。(结果未见面)动词不定式进行式的用法动词不定式进行式表示动作正在进行，与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生。如：He see ms to be recovering.他看来在康复。When he came in，I happened to be lying on the bed，reading.他进来的时候，我碰巧正躺在床上看书。六、非限定动词F动名词意义、形式和特征1)动名词(gerund)为非限定动词的一种，由动词原形加词尾-ing构成，与现在分词同形，动名词有动词和名词的特征。2)动名词的动词特征：a)动名词可以有宾语。如：I have finished repairing that machine.我修完那台机器了。b)动名词可以用状语来修饰。如：They have started working in the apple-orchard.他们已经开始在苹果园里劳动了。动名词加宾语或状语构成动名词短语，如上两例中的repairing that machine和working in the apple-orchard。3)动名词的名词特征在句中可作主语、宾语等。如：Getting up early is a good habit.起早是个好习惯。(动名词getting up作主语)The foreign visitors enjoyed seeing Chinese acrobatics.外宾喜欢看中国杂技。(动名词seeing作宾语)用法动名词可用作主语、表语、宾语、定语等。1)作主语：Seeing is believing.百闻不如一见。Reading aloud is very important in learning English.学习英语朗读很重要。Looking down on women is feudal ideology.轻视妇女是封建意识。[注]在下面结构中，亦可用引词讧作形式主语，把意义上的主语即动名词放在句末。如：It’s no use over spilt milk.牛奶打翻了哭也没有用。(作无益的后悔没有用)It’s no good talking about it.谈也无用。2)作表语：Her job was looking after the pigs.她的工作是喂猪。His hobby is collecting stamps.他爱好集邮。[注]动名词作表语时，不可与进行时态相混淆。试比较：She was washing clothes.(过去进行时)她正在洗衣服。Her job was washing clothes.(动名词)她的工作是洗衣服。3)作宾语：a)作直接宾语，用在begin，start，stop，finish，like等动词后面。如：please stop talking.请不要讲话。You must practise reading English aloud.你应练习朗读英语。b)作介词的宾语。如：My sister is fond of reading novels.我姐姐喜欢看小说。We’re tired of having the same kind of food everyday.我们对天天吃同样的饭菜感到厌倦。Instead of going to Zhongshan park，they went to the ZOO.他们没有去中山公园，到动物园去了。Mr.Bush earns his living by teaching.布什先生以教书为生。He was punished for stealing.他因偷盗受到惩罚。4)作定语：My father works in a printing shop.我的父亲在一个印刷厂工作。Our school built a swimming pool last summer.我们学校去年夏天修建了一个游泳池。Our teacher uses a very good teaching method.我们教师的教学方法很好。动名词的否定结构动名词否定结构由not加动名词组成。如：Trying without success is better than not trying at all.试验没有成功也比不试验好。He Hated himself for not having worked hard.他悔恨自己没有用功。动名词复合结构物主代词或名词所有格加动名词，构成动名词复合结构。在动名词复合结构中，物主代词或名词所有格是逻辑上的主语，动名词是逻辑上的谓语动词。这种结构在句中可用作主语、宾语等。如：Your going there will help a lot.你到那里对事情将大有帮助。(your going there作主语)Please excuse my interrupting you.请原谅我打断你。(my interrupting you作excuse的宾语)Do you mind my smoking?我可以抽烟吗?(my smoking作mind的宾语)Aunt Liu was very happy about Wang’s coming to see her.刘大娘很高兴王来看她。(Wang’s coming作介词about的宾语)We are looking forward to the expert’s coming to speak to us.我们盼望那位专家来给我们作报告。(the expert’s coming作look forward to的宾语)[注]在口语中，这种结构中的名词往往不用所有格，而用通格，代词往往不用物主代词，而用宾格，如上面第二、五两句可改变如下：Please excuse me interrupting you.Aunt Liu was very happy about Wang coming to see her.下面再举几例：His father agreed to him becoming an engine-driver.他父亲同意他做火车司机。DO you remember me and my mother coming to see you?你还记得我和我母亲来看你吗?Tides are caused by the moon and sun pulling water toward them.海潮是由于月亮和太阳吸引海水而引起的。七、动名词的时态1)动名词的时态形式一般式writing完成式having written 2)动名词的一般式动名词的一般式所表示的动作与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生，或在谓语动词表示的动作之后。如：Children enjoy watching colour TV.儿童喜欢看彩色电视。(enjoy与watching同时)Would you mind opening the window and letting a little a air in?请你打开窗子，透透气好吗?(opening和letting发生在mind之后)注意下面两句中动名词所表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前。如：Do you remember cutting rice on the state farm?你记得在国营农场割水稻的事吗?(cutting发生在remember之前)I shall never forget seeing Lu Xun for the first time in 1932.我永远不会忘记一九三二年第一次见到鲁迅的情景。(seeing发生在forget之前)3)动名词的完成式动名词的完成式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前。I regret having been unable to write to you earlier.我很抱歉未能早点写信给你。His leg showed no symptom of having been injured.他的腿不像受过伤。We were overjoyed at the news of China haying launched another man-made satellite.我们听到中国又发射了一颗人造卫星时都很高兴。动名词的被动语态动名词有两种被动语态形式：一般式being written完成式having been written例：This picture shows a child being beaten by a Japanese soldier.这张照片上一个孩子在遭到日本兵毒打。The meeting was put off without his having been consulted.会议延期并未和他商量。动名词和动词不定式的比较从结构上看，两者不同之点有：动名词前可用介词，它还可被名词(或代词)所有格修饰；不定式前通常不用介词，更不能被名词(或代词)所有格修饰。动名词和动词不定式在实际运用中，有下列各点值得注意：1)动名词所表示的动作，在意义上比较一般和抽象，时间观念不强，不指某一次动作；动词不定式则常表示某个具体动作。如：The students like playing football.这些学生喜欢踢足球。(经常性的爱好)Would you like to play football this afternoon?你今天下午愿意踢球吗?(指一次的动作)2)动词不定式所表示的动作的逻辑主语常常是句子里的-一个名词或代词，动名词所表示的动作的逻辑主语，可能是句子里的名词或代词，但也可能指一般人或物。如：She hates to trouble you.她不愿意麻烦你。(to trouble的逻辑主语是she)She hates smoking.她不喜欢吸烟。(smoking的逻辑主语不一定是she，也可能是"别人")3)有些动词，如：stop，remember，forget，后接动名词和后接动词不定式，其意义有所不同。试比较：Stop talking.不要讲话!(talking的宾语，指停止"讲话"这个动作)Stop to think about it for a moment.停下来一想。(to think是目的状语，指停下来，以便想一想)I remember seeing him。我记得见过他。(已见过，指过去的动作)You must remember to post the letter.你不要忘了寄这封信。(还没有寄，指未来的动作)4)某些及物动词后面只能跟动名词作为它的直接宾语，不能跟动词不定式。其中常用的有finish(作完，结束)，avoid(避免)，enjoy(享受)，mind(在意，反对)，insist on(坚持)，object to(反对)，give up(放弃)，practise(实践，练习)，put off(延期)等。如：We all enjoy listening go Beethoven’s symphonies.我们都喜欢听贝多芬的交响乐曲。We should avoid making grammer mistakes in our exercises.我们应在练习中避免犯语法错误。The doctor says I must give up smoking.医生说我必须戒烟。Would you mind repeating what you have just said?你重复一下你刚才说过的话好吗?5)某些及物动词后只能跟动词不定式作为它的直接宾语。常用的有want(要想)，wish(希望，想要)，hope(希望)，agree(同意)，promise(允诺)，mean(打算)，decide(决定)，expect(期望)，manage(设法)，pretend(假装)等。如：I hope to visit China again.我希望再访问中国。I wish to take this opportunity to make up for the lessons I have missed.我想趁此机会把拉下的课补上。Teachers and students managed to set up a laboratory.师生设法修建了一个实验室。6)某些及物动词后可跟动名词也可跟动词不定式作它的直接宾语。其中常用的有begin(开始)，start(开始)，continue(继续)，like(喜欢)，hate(恨)，prefer(宁愿)等。如：When did you begin learning(to learn)typewriting?你什么时候开始学打字的?They continued working(to work)after the meal.他们饭后继续工作。二者形式相同。但动名词有动词性质(有时态和语态变化，可有宾语和状语)，没有复数，前面也不可用冠词。名词化的动名词(verbal noun)的用法则和一般名词完全一样：它没有动词性质，有单复数形式，前面可用冠词。试比较：She likes reading Jane Eyre.她喜欢读《简•爱》。(动名词)The reading of The Dream of the Red Chamber took her about two weeks.她花了差不多两周的时间读完《红楼梦》。(名词化的动名词)They started cleaning their room at six.他们六点钟开始打扫房间。(动名词)They gave the classroom a good cleaning.他们把教室很好地打扫了一下。(名词化的动名词)reading阅读(可用作动名词或名词化的动名词)readings读物(只能是名词化的动名词)writing写作(可用作动名词或名词化的动名词)writings作品(只能是名词化的动名词)八、非限定动词G动名词和现在分词用作定语时的区别动名词用作定语时，和它所修饰的名词在逻辑上没有主谓关系，即它不是该名词的动作。现在分词用作定语时，则和它所修饰的名词在逻辑上有主谓关系，它是该名词的动作。试比较：reading materials阅读材料(reading是动名词用作定语，逻辑上materials决非.reading的主语，reading materials=materials for reading。)leading comrades领导同志(1eading是现在分词作定语，逻辑上comrades是leading的主语，leading comrades=comrades who lead。)动名词作定语的例子还有：a reading-room阅览室drinking water饮用水a writing course一门写作课a sleeping car卧车(火车中可以睡觉的车厢)the getting-up bell起床铃九、非限定动词H分词意义和特征1)分词(participle)也是一种非限定动词，它兼有动词和形容词的特征。2)分词可有宾语(仅限于现在分词)或状语，分词和宾语或状语一起构成分词短语。形式分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。现在分词由动词原形后加词尾-ing构成。规则动词的过去分词由动词原形后加词尾-ed构成，不规则动词的过去分词无一定规则。现在分词和过去分词的区别现在分词和过去分词主要的区别表现在语态和时间关系上。1)语态上不同：现在分词表示主动的意思，而过去分词多由及物动词变来，表示被动的意思。试比较：surprising使人感到惊讶的(主动)surprised自己感到惊讶的(被动，即被惊讶的)an exciting story一个令人兴奋的故事(主动)excited spectators激动的观众(被动，即被引起激动的)a moving film一部感动人的影片。A moved audience受感动的观众A tiring journey累人的旅行A tired football player累了的足球运动员He told us many interesting things last night.他昨夜告诉我们许多有趣的事情。She is interested in astronomy.她对天文学有兴趣。也有一些过去分词是由不及物动词变来的，它们只表示一个动作已完成，没有被动的意味。如：fallen leaves落叶the exploded bomb已爆炸了的炸弹a retired miner退休矿工returned students归国留学生2)时间关系上不同：一般说来，现在分词所表示的动作往往正在进行，而过去分词所表示的动作，往往已经完成。试比较：the changing world正在变化着的世界the changed world已经起了变化的世界boiling water正在开的水boiled water已经煮开过的水(可能是凉开水)developing countries发展中国家developed countries发达国家十、非限定动词I 1、分词和分词短语的用法1)作定语作定语用的分词如果是单词，一般放在它所修饰的名词之前。如：I’m reading a very interesting book.我在读一本很有趣的书。He likes to drink cold boiled water.他喜欢喝凉开水。分词短语作定语用时，一般皆放在它所修饰的名词的后面。它的功用相当于定语从句。如：China is a developing socialist country belonging to the Third world.中国是一个发展中的社会主义国家，属于第三世界。(=which belongs to the Third World)The man sitting in the corner is my brother.坐在角落里的那个人是我的兄弟。(=who is sitting in the comer)Most of the people invited to the party did not come.被邀请参加晚会的人多数没有来。(=who were invited to the party.)2)作表语The opera is very moving and instructive.这个歌剧很动人，且有教育意义。The cups are broken.这些杯子是破的。He is married.他已经结婚了。[注]分词作表语用时，相当于形容词，不可与进行时态和被动语态中的分词混淆起来。它们的形式相似，但可以从意义上加以辨别。试比较：Lei Feng’s spirit is inspiring the people all over the country.雷锋的精神鼓舞着全国人民。(现在进行时)His report is inspiring.他的报告令人鼓舞。(现在分词作表语)The road was completed by the PLA men.这条路是解放军战士修成的。(被动语态)The road is completed.这条路已经筑成。(过去分词作表语)3)作状语分词在意义上也可用作状语，表示时间、原因、方式和伴随情况等。a)表示时间(在意义上往往相当于表示时间的状语从句)。如：Looking out of the window，I saw groups of children passing by the house.我从窗口望出去，看见成群的孩子们从房子前面走过。(=When I locked out of the window)Heated，the metal expands.这种金属加热后即膨胀。(=When it is healed)Opening the drawer he took out a dictionary.他打开抽屉，拿出一本词典。(=He opened the drawer and took...这两个动作是一个接着一个)[注]如果要强调分词短语与谓语动词所表示的时间关系，分词短语之前可用when或while等连词。如：While working in the factory(=While I was working in the factory)，I learnt a lot from the workers.我在工厂工作期间，从工人那里学到了很多东西。When heated，the metal expands.这种金属加热后即膨胀。b)表示原因(在意义上相当于表示原因的状语从句)。如：Feeling tired,I telephoned and said I couldn’t come to a hospital of Chinese medicine.我感到累，打电话说我不能去。(=Since I felt tired)Thinking that Chinese medicine might help，he went to a hospital of Chinese medicine.他想中医也许有效，于是到一家中医医院去治病。(=As he thought that...)Inspired by the excellent situation they worked even harder.在太好形势的鼓舞下，他们更加努力工作。(=Since they are inspired by...)c)表示方式、伴随情况及结果(这种用法没有相当的状语从句可以代替)。如：He came running back to tell us the news.他跑着回来告诉我们这个消息。(方式)She stood there waiting for the bus.她站在那儿等公共汽车。(伴随情况或方式)The child fell，striking head against the door and cutting it.小孩摔了一跤，头在门上碰破了。(结果)He went out slamming the door.他走出去砰地一声把门关上。(伴随情况)The lichens came borne by storms.这些地衣是由暴风雨带来的。(方式)2、分词的否定结构现在分词的否定式由not后加现在分词构成。如：Not knowing what to do，she went to the teacher for help.她不知道该怎么办，就去请老师帮助。I left at noon，not staying for lunch.我是中午走的，没有留下来吃午饭。过去分词表否定时，常借助un-等前缀表示。如：The boy was left uncared for.那孩子无人照管。3、含有分词的复合宾语分词可作复合宾语中的宾语补足语。可有这种复合宾语的动词有see，watch，hear，set，keep，find，have，get等等。如：We saw them walking across the road.我们看见他们穿过那条马路。We heard the children singing"I Love Beijing’s Tian An Men"我们听见孩子们唱《我爱北京天安门》。I found my hometown almost completely rebuilt.我发现故乡几乎全部改建过了。在have或get后面的复合宾语中，宾语补足语多是过去分词，而它所表示的动作又往往由别人所完成。如：We must get the television set repaired.我们必须把电视机修好。(请别人修)I had my watch mended in town.我在城里修的表。(叫别人修的)If we have shortcomings，we are not afraid to have them pointed out and criticized.我们如果有缺点，就不怕别人批评指出。(请别人指出)但have的复合宾语中的过去分词的动作有时不一定由别人来完成，而是表自己的经验。如：He had his arm broken.他把手臂折断了。(不是别人给弄折的，而是自己弄折的)[注一]上述句子结构变为被动语态时，除主语和宾语互换位置外，分词不动。如上面的第一、二例句即可变为：They were seen walking across the road.The children were heard singing"I Love Beijing Tian An Men"。[注二]现在分词在复合宾语中和动词不定式在复合宾语中的意义稍有不同。后者指事情的全过程，目的在于仅仅说明发生了这件事；前者指正在继续的动作的一部分，目的在于将该动作当时进行的情景呈现于读者之前，其含义相当于进行时态。如：I saw him go upstairs.我看见他上楼去了。(看见他上楼整个过程，只说明他上楼这件事)I saw him going upstairs.我看见他走上楼的。(只看见他上楼这个动作的一部分，说明他上楼的情景)I was working in the room all morning•I heard somebody All knock at the next door.我整个上午在房间工作，听见有人敲隔壁房间的门。(听见敲门整个过程)When I went back to the room，I heard her practicing singing in the next room.我回房间时听见她在隔壁房间练歌。(只听见一部分，回房间前她已开始唱了)十一、非限定动词J现在分词的时态过去分词没有时态形式的变化，所以这里只讲现在分词的时态形式。1)现在分词的时态形式一般式writing完成式having written 2)现在分词一般式其所表示的动作与谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生，或在谓语动词所表示的动作之前或后发生。如：Working together with Dr.Bethune，we learnt a lot from him.我们在和白求恩大夫一起工作期间，向他学到很多东西。(working与leamt同时发生)Knowing that they were going abroad next week，they began to make preparations.他们知道他们下星期要出国，所以都开始作准备。(knowing发生在began之前)He came up to me，saying"Glad to see you again."他来到我跟前说道，"很高兴又见到你。"(saying发生在came之后)3)现在分词完成式其所表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前，常常用作状语，表示时间或原因。如：Having done his homework，the schoolboy began to write his diary.这个小学生做完作业后，开始写日记。(having done his homework发生在began之前，表示时间。)Not haying done it right,I tried again.没有做对，我就又试。(not having done发生在tried之前，表示原因。)现在分词的被动语态一般式being written完成式haring been written如：This is one of the many dams being built the river.这是沿河修筑的许多水坝之一。Being surrounded，the enemy troops were forced to surrender.敌军被包围了，被迫投降。Having been asked to stay，I couldn’t very well leave.人家请我留下，我就不好离开了。独立结构(absolute construction)分词短语所表示的动作在逻辑上有主语，这种主语皆可在同一句中找到。如：The young woman standing over there is our new English teacher.站在那边的年轻妇女是我们新的英语老师。(分词短语standing over there的逻辑主语是the young woman)Having finished his work，he went out to play volleyball.他做完工作后，出去打排球。(having finished his work的逻辑主语是he)但有时分词短语有它自己的独立的主语，这种主语常常是名词或代词(主格)，放在分词短语之前，这种结构叫做独立结构。独立结构常用作状语，多用在书面语中。如：The dark clouds having dispersed，the sun shone again.乌云已散去，太阳又普照大地了。(时间状语)We shall thresh the wheat，weather permitting.天气好的话，我们就打麦。(条件状语)Their room was on the first floor，its broad window overlooking the park.他们的房间在二层楼上，房间里的宽大的窗户俯视着公园。(伴随情况状语，the first floor在英国指第二层楼，在美国指第一层，其余可类推。)We redoubled our efforts，each man working like two.我们加倍努力工作，一人干两人的活。(方式)Almost all metals are good conductors，silver being the best of all.几乎所有的金属都是良导体，银是最好的导体。(伴随情况)The meeting over，we all left the room.会议结束以后，我们就都离开了房间。(时间状语，注意over之前省去了being)This done，we went home.做完此事，我们就回家了。(时间状语)She gazed，her hands clasped to her breast.她双手*在胸前凝视着。[注一]有的分词短语可以独立存在，在句中没有逻辑上的主语。它们往往已经变成习惯用语，必须熟记。如：Generally speaking，this book is not very difficult.总的说来，这本书并不很难。Judging from what you say，he has done a very good job.从你的话看来，他的工作做得很不错。Considering that he has been in china for only a year，he speaks Chinese well.考虑到他到中国才一年，他的中国话讲得很不错了。类似的习惯用语尚有talking of(谈起)，speaking of(谈到)等引导的分词短语。[注二]英语里还有一种较口语化的"with+名词或代词宾格+分词(或形容词、介词短语)"结构，也往往作状语用，表示伴随情况。如：He fell asleep with the lamp burning.他没有熄灯就睡着了。She gazed with her hands clasped to her breast.她双手*在胸前凝视着。上述结构中的分词亦可用形容词或介词短语代替。如：He sleeps with the windows open even in winter.他即使在冬天也开着窗户睡觉。A girl carte in with a book in her hand.一位姑娘手里拿着一本书走了进来。(在笔语中，也可说：A girl came in，book in hand.)（2）英语语法——名词与冠词名词一.定义什么是名词表示人、事物、地点或抽象概念的名称的词，叫做名词。如：baby婴儿time时间pencil铅笔socialism社会主义air空气Shanghai上海二.名词的种类英语名词可分为两大类：1.普通名词(common noun)普通名词是某一类人、某一类事物、某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如：soldier士兵water水pupil学生health健康machine机器pleasure快乐2.专有名词(proper noun)专有名词是个别的人、团体、地方、机构或事物的名称。其中实词的第一个字母必须大写。如：Lei Feng雷锋Karl Marx卡尔•马克思London伦敦China中国The Communist Party of China中国共产党The Great Hall of the People人民大会堂The Ministry of Foreign Affairs外交部1.1普通名词的种类普通名词可进一步分为：1)类名词(class noun)类名词表示人或事物属于某一类。如：tractor拖拉机panda熊猫factory工厂teacher教员2)集体名词(collective noun)集体名词是一些人或物的总称。如：class阶级，班herd兽群crowd人群army军队3)物质名词(material noun)物质名词表示物质或不具备确定形状和大小的个体的实物。如：steel钢gram粮食fire火cotton棉花4)抽象名词(abstract noun)抽象名词表示动作、状态、品质或其他抽象概念。如：happiness幸福life生活work工作whiteness白色三.名词的数名词又可分为可数名词(countable noun)与不可数名词(uncountable noun)。可数名词有单、复数之分，不可数名词一般不分单数和复数。类名词和集体名词一般是可数的；抽象名词、物质名词和专有名词一般是不可数的。有少数名词既可用作不可数名词，又可用作可数名词，但意义有所不同。如：用作不可数名词用作可数名词glass玻璃玻璃杯paper纸报纸，文件tin锡罐头copper铜铜币四.有关英语名词格的概述格(case)是名词或代词具有的形式及其变化，表示与其它词的关系。英语的名词有三个格：主格(nominative case)、宾语(objective case)和所有格(possessive case)。但英语的名词除所有格有形式的变化外，主格和宾格都没有形式变化。名词在句中是主格或是宾格，主要通过它在句中的作用和位置来确定。如：My brother always misplaces his schoolbag.我弟弟常常乱放他的书包。(brother是主语，故为主格；schoolbag是misplaces的宾语，故是宾格)Every written sentence should begin with a capital letter.每个书写出来的句子开头都要用大写字母。(sentence在句中作主语，故是主格；letter是介词with的宾语，故是宾格)表示有生命的东西的名词的所有格表示有生命的东西的名词(人或动物)的末尾，加上’s，即构成所有格，可放在另一名词之前，作定语用。如：John’s friend约翰的朋友Xiao Wang’s notebook小王的笔记本children’s books儿童读物my father’s room我父亲的房间五.英语名词所有格与它所修饰的名词的逻辑关系名词所有格在逻辑上可能是它所修饰的名词的主语，也可能是它所修饰的名词的宾语。1)名词所有格是它所修饰的名词的逻辑主语。如：the Party’s concern of the younger generation党对年青一代的关怀the hatred of the soldiers for the enemy士兵对敌人的仇恨2)名词所有格是它所修饰的名词的逻辑宾语。如：the reactionary rule’s overthrow反动统治的被推翻the occupation of the city by the enemy敌人对该城的占领"of+名词所有格"上面讲的两种所有格的形式可以结合起来，构成"of’+所有格"形式，表示部分观念或感情色彩。这种所有格叫做双重所有格。如：1)表示部分观念：a friend of my sister’s(=one of my sister’s friends)我妹妹的一个朋友；a picture of Mr.Wu’s吴先生(具有的照片中)的一张照片(比较：a picture of Mr.Wu吴先生本人的照片，即照片上是吴先生的像)。2)表示感情色彩：this lovely child of your aunt’s你婶母的这个可爱的孩子名词所有格所修饰的词的省略名词所有格所修饰的词，如果前面已经提到，往往可以省略，以免重复。如：The dictionary is not mine,but Xiao Wang’s.这本词典不是我的，是小王的。名词所有格后面指地点等的名词，有的习惯上可省去不用。如：I met him at the Johnson’s(shop).我在约翰逊商店遇见了他。I went to my uncle’s(house)yesterday.我昨天到我叔叔家去。冠词一.概说冠词分不定冠词(indefinite article)和定冠词(definite article)两种，一般无句子重音。1)不定冠词a，an a)a和an均用在单数名词之前，表示某一类人或事物中的"一个"，相当于汉语的"一"，但不强调数目观念。b)a用在辅音之前，an用在元音之前。如：a notebook一个笔记本，a cigarette一支香烟，an old man一位老人，an English class一堂英语课。字母u读作[ju:]时，由于第一个音[j]是辅音，故前面用a，不用an。如：a useful book一本有用的书，a university一所大学。字母h如不发音，第一个音又是元音，前面用an而不用a，如an hour一小时，an honest person一个诚实的人。c)a和an在句中分别弱读作[E]和[En]。2)定冠词the a)表示某一类人或事物中的"某一个"或"某一些"，相当于汉语的"这"或"那"。b)不论单数名词或复数名词，也不论可数名词或不可数名词，前面都可以用the。c)在元音前读[i]，辅音前读[e]。如the evening(傍晚)，the car(汽车)；在元音字母u发[ju:]和半元音字母。y发[j]时，仍读[j]。如the unit[ju:nit](单位)，the yard[ja:d](院子)。二.用法1.英语中不定冠词a(an)的用法1)指一个人、动物或一件事物属于某一类。如：Xiao Xu’s father is a miner.小徐的父亲是矿工。(而不是其他工种)Give me a ballpen,please.请给我一支圆珠笔。(而不是钢笔或其他种类)2)指任何一个人、动物或一件事物。如：A steel worker makes steel.钢铁工人炼钢。(意即任何一个钢铁工人都炼钢)A triangle has three angles.三角形有三个角。(意即任何一个三角形都有三个角)3)指某人或某物，但不具体说明何人或何物。如：He comes from a firm in Beijing.他来自北京某一家公司。A young man wants to see you.有个青年人要见你。A car stopped in front of the gate.一辆汽车停在大门前。4)不定冠词还可指"事物的单位"，如"每日"、"每斤"等。如：Butter is 4 yuan a kilo.黄油四元钱一公斤。He drove the car at 18 miles an hour.他行车速度为每小时十八英里。The Chinese Export Commodities Fair is held in Guangzhou twice a year.中国出口商品交易会每年在广州举行两次。The doctor told him to take the medicine three times a day.医生叫他一天吃三次药。2.定冠词the的用法1)特指某(些)人或某(些)事物。如：This is the house where Lu Xun once lived.这是鲁迅曾经住过的房子。(以别于其他房子)The book on the desk is an English dictionary.书桌上的那本书是一本英语词典。(特指桌上的那本书。注意名词book被on the desk短语所限定。)Cairo is the capital of Egypt.开罗是埃及的首都。We plan to cut the wheat in these fields in three days’time.我们计划三天后割这些地的小麦。(特指这些地里的小麦)2)指说话人与听话人彼此所熟悉的人或事物。如：Open the door,please.请开门。(双方都知道指的是哪一个门)The Manager is in his office.经理在他的办公室里。(双方都知道指的是哪个经理)Let’s meet at the railway station.我们在火车站碰头吧。(双方都知道指的是哪一个火车站)3)复述上文提过的人或事物。如：Last week I read a story and a play.The story is about the Second World War and the play about the life of university students.上周我读了一篇故事和一个剧本。那篇故事是关于第二次世界大战的，剧本是关于大学生生活的。4)表示在世界上独一无二的事物，如the sun太阳，the moon月亮，the earth地球，the sky天空，the world世界。5)定冠词the用于单数可数名词之前，表示某一类人或事物。如：The Chinese student of English is apt to make such mistakes.中国学英语的学生容易犯这样的错误。.The favourite fast food in the United States is the hamburger.美国最为人所爱吃的快餐是汉堡包。The compass was invented in ancient China.古代中国发明了指南针。演奏乐器时，乐器的名称前也常用定冠词the。如：At the Children’s Palace，some children learn to play the piano，others learn to play the violin.在少年宫里，有的小孩学弹钢琴，有的学拉小提琴。注一：语法书中的the verb(动词)和动植物学书中的the elephant(象)和the rose(玫瑰)等，都属于这一类。注二：马是有用的动物"有下面三种说法，如：A horse is a useful animal.The horse is a useful animal.Horses are useful animals.6)表示阶级、党派的名词前必须用"the"。如the Chinese Communist Party中国共产党，the working class工人阶级，the bourgeoisie资产阶级，the Labour Party(英国)工党7)定冠词还可与某些形容词连用，使形容词名词化，代表某一类人或物。如the poor穷人，the rich富人，the wounded伤员，the sick病号，the beautiful美丽的事物。8)在序数词、形容词最高级和表示方位的名词前，常用定冠词the。如：Shanghai is the biggest city in China.上海是中国最大的城市。January is the first month of the year.元月是一年中的第一个月份。The sun rises in the east.日出东方。9)下面一些说法中习惯上须用定冠词the。如：in the morning在早上或上午in the afternoon在下午in the evening在晚上to go to the theatre(cinema)到剧院(电影院)去看戏(电影)3.专有名词前冠词的用法专有名词前一般不用冠词，如Shanghai上海，Britain英国，Edgar Snow埃德加•斯诺。但在下列几种场合中，却经常要用定冠词。1)在江河、海洋、山脉、群岛的名称前。如：the Yellow River黄河，the Baltic(Sea)波罗的海，the Pacific(Ocean)太平洋，the Atlantic(Ocean)大西洋，the Xisha islands西沙群岛，the Tianshan Mountains天山，the Himalayas喜马拉雅山。2)在含有普通名词的专有名词前。如：a)某些国名前：the People’s Republic of China中华人民共和国，the United States of America美国(有些国名并不含有普通名词，但也用定冠词，如：the Philippines菲律宾，the Sudan苏丹。)b)某些机关团体等组织名称前：the National People’s Congress全国人民代表大会，the State Council国务院，the United Nations联合国c)朝代、时代的名称前：the Tang dynasty唐朝，the Warring States period战国时代。3)在某些建筑物的名称前。如：the National Art Gallery国家美术馆，the Great Wall长城，the Peking Zoo北京动物园，the British Museum大英博物馆。4)在报纸、杂志、旅馆等名称前。如：the People’s Daily《人民日报》，the Reader’s Digest读者文摘，the Being Hotel北京饭店。5)在姓名复数形式前，指一家人。如：The Lius have moved to Tianjin.刘家已经搬到天津去了，The Greens came to China for a visit last year.格林一家去年来中国访问过。4.抽象名词和物质名词前冠词的用法1)抽象名词和物质名词表示一般概念时，前面通常不用冠词，但特指时，则须用定冠词。试比较：War is the continuation of politics.战争是政治的继续。Our battalion fought north and south during the Anti-Japanese War.我们这个营在抗日战争时期转战南北。He is fond of music.他喜欢音乐。Did you like the music of the film?你喜欢这个影片的音乐吗?Science is making rapid progress in China.中国科学正在飞速发展。Physics is the science of matter and energy.物理学是研究物质和能量的科学。China is rich in oil.中国石油丰富。The oil produced in Dagang is of first-rate quality.大港油田生产的石油质量是头等的。2)抽象名词和物质名词如果具体化，表示一个具体情况或动作或某一类物质时，前面可用不定冠词。如：It is a great joy to live in New China.生活在新中国真幸福。Liu Hulan has an ardent love for the people and a deep hatred for the enemy.刘胡兰热爱人民，痛恨敌人。Mao-tai is a famous Chinese liquor.茅台是一种中国的名酒。She built a fire.她生了个火。-Have a smoke?___No，thanks.I gave Up smoking long ago.___抽支烟吧?___谢谢，我早戒烟了。5.不用冠词的场合1)专有名词、抽象名词和物质名词前，一般不用冠词。如：Canada加拿大，Japanese日语，love爱，hatred恨，glass玻璃，water水。2)名词前已有作定语用的this，that，my，your，whose，some，any，no，each，every等代词时，不用冠词。如：That is my cap.那是我的帽子。I enjoyed every minute of it.我自始至终都玩得痛快。I want this book,not that one.我要这本书，不要那本书。3)季节、月份、星期几等名称前，一般不用冠词。如：Spring has come.春天来了。Winter is the best time for skating.冬天是溜冰的最好季节。Her little daughter was born in April 1987.她的小女儿于1987年4月出生。We have mathematics on Monday.我们星期一有数学课。注：季节前有时也用冠词。如in the spring在春季。当然也可以说in spring。4)复数名词表示某一类人或事物时，不用冠词。如：I don’t approve of cousins marrying.我不赞成表兄妹结婚。Books are my best friends.书是我最好的朋友。5)称呼语前面不用冠词，表示头衔和职务(这种职务一般只由一人担任)的名词的前面也常不用冠词。如：What does this word mean,Father?这个词是什么意思，爸爸?Mrs.Johnson is director of the office.约翰逊太太是办公室主任。6)在某些固定词组里，名词之前常不用冠词。如：by air乘飞机，at night夜间，in fact事实上，in danger在危险中，after school放学后，at home在家中，in town在城里，to go to school上学去，to go to bed去睡觉，to go to class去上课，from door to door挨门挨户，from morning till night从早到晚。7)三餐饭的名称前，常不用冠词。如：Have you had breakfast?你吃过早饭了吗?After lunch we usually have a nap.午饭后我们一般都睡午觉。What did you have for supper?你晚饭吃什么了?注：但指一特定的餐食时则须用定冠词，如Come on,or the dinner will be getting cold.(快来，要不饭就凉了)。8)球类运动、棋类游戏等名词前不用冠词。如：My younger brother likes to play table tennis.我弟弟喜欢打乒乓球。Let’s go and watch them play chess.让我们去看他们下棋去。9)节日、假日等名称之前不用冠词。如：New Year’s Day元旦National Day国庆节May Day五一劳动节Children’s Day儿童节Christmas Day圣诞节10)报纸和文章的标题常常省去冠词。如：Letter from Beijing:Women in Capital Cotton Mill《北京来信：首都棉纺厂的妇女》(文章标题，letter之前省去了不定冠词a。)Bosses Force Deadlock on Pay Increase Talks老板们使要求增加工资的谈判陷于僵局。(报纸标题，bosses前省去the，deadlock前省去a,pay increase talks前省去the。)（3）英语语法——形容词与副词形容词1.1什么是形容词形容词(adjective)是修饰名词表示名词属性的词，常放在它所修饰的名词之前。如：a lovely baby一个可爱的婴儿the beautiful picture那幅美丽的图画modern history现代历史1.2形容词的用法形容词在句中可用作：1)定语He is a good boy.他是个好孩子。The Chinese Communist Party is a great party.中国共产党是伟大的党。2)表语The film is both moving and instructive.这部电影很感动人，而且富有教育意义。I am very glad to see you.见到你很高兴。3)宾语补足语和宾语一起构成复合宾语。如：Have you got everything ready for the journey?你行装都准备好了吗?We keep our rooms clean and tidy.我们经常保持房间的整洁。4)相当于名词某些形容词前用定冠词the，变成名词化的形容词，可在句中作主语、宾语等。如：The young are active.青年人积极好动。(the young作主语)The blind can learn to read with their fingertips.盲人能够用指尖学习阅读书籍。(the blind作主语)He has a keen sense of the new.他对新鲜事物有敏锐的感觉。(the new作宾语)[注一]上述三例中的the young=the young people，the blind the Blind people，the new the new things.[注二]在The sun rose red(旭日升起)中的形容词red和Don’t marry young(不要早婚)中的形容词young都是主语补足语。1.3形容词的位置形容词常放在它所修饰的名词之前。关于形容词有时可以后置的问题(见16.18)，但如有一个以上的形容词修饰名词，这些形容词的顺序则由它们和被修饰名词的关系的密切程度来决定。一般说来，关系最密切的最*近被修饰的名词，关系较疏远的离被修饰的名词也较远。如：a large wild plant一株很大的野生植物a simple musical instrument一种简单的乐器a small fierce dark brown animal一种小而凶的深褐色动物(注意dark修饰brown)以上例子中的形容词之间并非并列关系，如第一例中的1arge与wild并非并列，而1arge所修饰的是wild plant。如表并列关系，形容词之间须用逗号或and。如：a strong,swift horse一匹又壮又快的马many happy and healthy children很多幸福而健康的儿童a short and militant article一篇简短有力的文章(militant一词较长，放在short之后，这也是英语里安排形容词位置的一种方法。)形容词的比较等级及其形式英语形容词比较等级(degrees of comparison)一般有两个：即比较级(comparative degree)和最高级(superlative degree)。不用比较等级的形容词通常称为原级(positive degree)。形容词的比较级形式是："形容词+后缀-er"或"单词more+形容词"。它的最高级形式是："形容词+后缀-est"或"单词most+形容词。[注一]形容词比较等级所加的-er和-est，自成一个音节，分别读作[E]和[ist]o如：原级比较级最高级tall[tC:l]taller[5tC:lE]tallest[5tC:list]happy[5hApi]happier[5hApiE]happiest[5hApiist]thin[Win]thinner[5WinE]thinnest[5Winist]fine[fain]finer[5fainE]finest[5fainist][注二]如果形容词原级的词末为不发音的字母r，加-er和-est时，r要发[r]音。如：near[niE]nearer[5niErE]nearest[5niErist]clear[kliE]clearer[5kliErE]clearest[5kiErist]如果形容词原级词末的发音为[N]，在加-er和-est时，[N]音后得加一个[g]音。如：strong[strCN]stronger[5strCNgE]strongest[5strCNgist]long[lCN]longer[5lCNgE]longest[5lCNgist][注三]有些形容词一般没有比较等级。如：right,wrong，woolen，wooden.不规则变化原级比较级最高级good好we11好，健康的better best bad坏，差worse worst many多more most much多little小，少1ess 1east far远farther，further farthest，furthest形容词前如加1ess和least，则表示"较不"和"最不"。如：interesting有趣difficult难less interesting较无趣less difficult较不难least interesting最无趣leas difficult最不难1.4形容词比较级的用法比较级用于二者的比较，其结构是：含有形容词比较级的主句+从属连词than引导的从句（从句中常省去意义上和主句相同的部分）。如：Li is older than Zhou.李比周年纪大。(从句中省去了is old)There are more children in this nursey than in that one.这个托儿所的孩子比那个托儿所多。(从句中省去了there are children)After two years’physical training，she is healthier and stronger.经过两年的体力锻炼，她(比以前)健康强壮多了。(注意这里省去了从句than she was)We are much better off than ever before.我们的生活比过去任何时候都要好得多。(than后省去了we were)Paul weighs less than harry.保尔的体重比哈利轻。Mary is less clever than Jane.玛丽不如简那么聪明。[注一]汉语可以说"昆明的气候比兰州好"。英语必须加that，译为：The climate of Kunming is better than that of Lanzhou.[注二]英语比较级常译作"较…"、"…一些"等，但不等于汉语的"更…"。汉语的"更…"须用"still"或"even"来表示如：This book is even more difficult than that one.这本书比那本书更难。[注三]有些情况下，汉语不用"较"等字眼，英语则须用比较级，如：Will the younger people give their seats to old people?请年轻人把座位让给老年人好不好?1.5形容词最高级的用法形容词最高级用于二者以上的比较，其结构一般是：定冠词the+形容词最高级+名词+表示范围的短语或从句。如：Peter is the oldest boy of them all.彼得是这群男孩中年纪最大的。(介语短语of them all表示范围)London is the biggest city in Britain，伦敦是英国最大的城市。(介词短语in Britain表示范围)Mt.Qomolangma is the World’s highest peak。珠穆朗玛峰是世界最高峰。(注意这里表示范围的是名词所有格the world’s)This is the best film(that)I have ever seen.这是我所看过的最好的电影。(that在口语中一般省略，that从句表示范围)[注一]形容词最高级后的名词如果在前面已提过，可省去。如：This novel is the best(that)I have ever read.这是我所看过的小说中最好的一本。[注二]在口语中，形容词最高级也可以用于二者的比较。如：This is the shortest of the two roads.这是两条路中最近的一条路。[注三]形容词最高级用作表语表品质时，其前不用定冠词the。如：He is happiest when he is working.他工作时最愉快。副词2.1什么是副词副词(adverb)修饰动词、形容词和其他副词等，说明时间、地点、程度、方式等概念。如：often往往，here这里，very很，quickly很快地。2.2副词的构成1)本身就是副词，如now现在，there那里，rather颇。2)由形容词加词尾-1y变来，如firmly坚决地，happi1y幸福地。3)与形容词同形early adj.早的early adv.早high adj.高的high adv.高高地long adj.长的，长久的long adv.长久地2.3副词的种类副词可分为下列几种：1)普通副词(ordinary adverb)如：together一起，well好，seriously认真地，slowly慢，carefully小心地。2)疑问副词(interrogative adverb)如：when何时，where何地，how如何，why为何。3)关系副词(relative adverb)如：where，when。4)连接副词(conjunctive adverb)如：then然后，so所以，there{ore所以，however然而，hence所以，thus这样，nevertheless然而，otherwise否则，still可是，仍然。2.4副词的用法副词在句中可用作：1)状语(这是副词在句子中的主要功用)It is raining hard.雨下得很大。(副词hard作状语，修饰动词is raining。)Don’t drive too fast.车子不要开得太快。(fast是副词，作状语，修饰动词drive，副词too又修饰副词fast。)He speaks English quite well.他英语讲得相当好。(well修饰动词speaks，quite又修饰副词well。)This is a fairly useful tool，这是一件相当有用的工具。(fairly修饰形容词useful)He has always helped his sister with her homework.他一向帮助他妹妹做家庭作业。(always修饰动词has helped)She often went there.她常到那儿去。(often和there均是副词，修饰动词went。)Perhaps he will telephone later.也许他以后会打电话来的。(perhaps是副词，用以修饰全句。)2)表语Is he up?他起床了没有?She is out.她出去了。3)定语Life here is full of joy.这儿的生活充满了欢乐。(here修饰名词life)2.5副词的位置1)修饰动词时，有三种位置。2)修饰形容词和副词时，须放在被修饰词之前。如：It is a rather difficult job，这是一件颇为困难的工作。(rather修饰形容词difficult)He runs very fast.他跑得很快。(very修饰副词fast)3)副词作定语时，一般放在被修饰的名词之后。如：The peasants there are busy digging a canal now.那里的农民现在正忙于修水渠。On my way home，I met groups of Young Pioneers.在回家的路上我遇见成群的少先队员。2.6副词的比较等级和形容词同形的副词的形式变化与形容词完全相同。但以词尾-1y结尾的副词(注意early一词的-1y不是副词的词尾)须用more和most。另外，须注意下面例词中well，badly的不规则变化。如：原级比较级最高级hard努力地harderhardest fast快faster fastest well好better best badly坏worseworst early早earlier earliest quickly快more quicklymost quickly happily快乐地more happily most happily 2.7副词比较等级的用法1)副词比较级的用法与形容词比较级相似。如：David drives faster than anyone I know.大卫开车比我所知道的任何人都要快。She plays table tennis better than I.她乒乓球打得比我好。(从句中省略了play table tennis)Mr.Martin usually gets to the office earlier than others.马丁先生到办公室通常比别人早。They speak less fluently but more correctly than we do.他们讲得不如我们流利，但比我们正确。2)副词最高级用法，除副词前可以不用the外(用the也可以)，其余与形容词最高级相同。如：I work fastest when I’m under pressure.我在有压力时工作得最快。He swims the best in Class One.一班他游泳最好。3.比较等级的一些特殊用法3.1两种不同形式有几个形容词和副词的比较级和最高级有两种的比较等级不同形式，而且意义也不同。举例说明：1)Rome is one of the oldest cities in the world.罗马是世界上最古老的城市之一。Her eldest daughter is a school teacher.她大女儿是个教员。My elder brother is in college.He is two years older than I.我哥哥在上大学，他比我大两岁。[注]older，oldest说明人的年纪或事物的年代的久远，但在美国英语里也表示长幼。2)They reached the place later than we.他们到达那儿比我们晚。Twenty years later he returned to his home village.二十年后，他回到自己的家乡。3)Who spoke last?是谁最后发言的?What is the latest news about the sports meet?关于运动会最近有什么消息?3.2 as...as；not so...as或not as...as 1)表示"相等"用as...as。如：This knife is as sharp as that one.这把刀跟那把一样快。Bill is as tall as I.比尔和我一般高。Is this bag of soyabeans as heavy as that one?这袋大豆跟那袋一样重吗?You know as well as I do.你和我一样明白。[注]注意as后面的形容词如作定语，而被定语修饰的名词有不定冠词a时，冠词a须放在形容词之后，如German is as difficult a language as English.(德语和英语一样难学。)。这样的词序也适用于so，如I have never seen so beautiful a place as Guilin before.(我过去从未见过像桂林这样美丽的地方。)2)表示"不相等"用not so...as或not as...as。如：Tian An Men Square was not so big as it is now.天安门广场过去没有现在这样大。The Atlantic Ocean is not as big as the Pacific ocean.大西洋没有太平洋大。3.3表示"几倍于"用twice(两倍)，three times(三倍)等加as...as..如：New York is ten times as big as my home town.纽约有我的家乡十个大。The output of the paper mill is now three times as high as it was in 1966.这家纸厂的生产比一九六六年增加两倍。This river is twice as long as that one.这条河比那条河长一倍。Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲比欧洲大三倍。[注]表示"几倍于"也可以用下面的说法，如：Three times three is nine.三乘三得九。He is twice my age.他的年龄比我大一倍。This lake is four times the size of that one.这个湖有那个湖四个大。The irrigated area in this province is four times bigger than in l978.这个省的灌溉面积比1978年增加三倍。(four times bigger than=four times as big as)Our county’s agricultural output this year is 5 per cent higher than that of last year.我们县今年农业产量比去年增长百分之五。3.4表示程度可用much，far，still，even，a 1itt1e，no，any，a great deal等状语来修饰形容词和副词的比较级。如：The Yellow River is long，but the Changjiang River is even longer.黄河长，长江更长。We are much better off now.我们的生活比过去好得多。She sings far better than the others.她唱得比别人好得多。Wang is taller than Zhang.Li is still than Wang.王比张高，李比王还高。[注一]注意下面的一些说法。如：I couldn’t move a step further，我连一步也走不动了。The meeting lasted two hours longer than usual.会议比平常多开了两个钟头。He is a head taller than I.他比我高一个头。(也可以说He is taller than me by a head.)They got there earlier than we by twenty minutes.他们比我们早二十分钟到达那里。The students of the university have increased by 100 per cent since l978.这个大学的学生自一九七八年以来增加了一倍。Do you want any more?-Yes，give me two more.你还要吗?一是的，再给我两个。Have you any more tickets?-Sorry，I have no more.你还有票吗?－对不起，没有了。[注二]可用形容词最高级+possible或imaginable等词来强调语气。如：I think he is the best possible man for the job.我认为他做这工作最合适。(也可以说the best man possible)Swimming in winter is the best form of exercise imaginable.冬泳是最好的运动方式。(也可以说the best imaginable form)3.5比较级1)"比较级+and+比较级"(后面不可接than从句)可用来表示"越来越"。如：The days are getting longer and longer.白天越来越长了。He is becoming more and more interested in sports.他对运动越来越有兴趣了。The more the more的用法意思是"越…，就越…"。如：The harder you work，the more you Will learn.你越努力，就越学得多。The greater the mass of a body，the greater is its inertia.物体的质量越大，它的惯性就越大。The more you eat，the fatter you get.你吃得越多，长得越胖。The more，the better.越多越好。2)more than和less than这两个固定词组分别表示"多于""少于"。如：There are more than three hundred households in this village.这个村子有三百多户人家。The finished the Work in less than a year.他们不到一年就完成这项工作。Our country has established diplomatic relations with more than one hundred countries.我国已经和一百多个国家建立了外交关系。3)no more than和not more than no more than的意思是"只不过"，not more than的意思是"不多于"。试比较：There are no more than ten tickles left.剩下不到十张票。(有"票少"的含义)The experiment was done by not more than 5 persons.做这个试验的人不到五个。(没有"多"或"少"的含义，只是客观地说明数目)This room is no bigger than that.这个房间并不比那个大。(有"两个房间都不大"的含义)This room is not bigger than that one.这个房间不比那个大。(没有"两个房间都不大或都不小"的含义)[注]注意not….Any more than或no more...than在下面句子中的用法。如：They cannot do the impossible any more than we can.他们和我们同样不能做不可能的事情。He is no more diligent than I am.他和我同样不勤奋4)no less than和not 1ess than no less than的意思是"不亚于"，not less than的意思是"不少于"。试比较：There were no less than a thousand people at the meeting.到会的有一千人之多。(有"到会人多"的含义)There were not less than one thousand people at the meeting.到会的至少有一千人。(没有"到会人多或人少"的含义)This song is no less popular than that one.这首歌之受欢迎不亚于那首歌。(有"两首歌都受欢迎"的含义)This song is not less popular than that one.这首歌受欢迎的程度不比那首差。(纯粹比较。不一定有"两首歌都受欢迎"的含义)All the better和so much the better这一类的说法都有"因此而更…"的含义。如：If that is so，all the better.果真如此，那就更好。If he will come，so much the better.如果他愿意来，那更好。（4）英语语法——代词与数词代词一.概说定义：代词(pronoun)是代替名词的词：1.1代词在句子中的功用1)和名词一样，可作主语、宾语和表语。b)有些代词和形容词一样，可作定语。如：I am reading The Arabian Nights.我在读《天方夜谭》。(作主语)This is John Smith speaking.(打电话用语)我是约翰•史密斯。(作主语)Can I help you?我能帮你的忙吗?(作宾语)That’s all.我的话完了。(作表语)2)His father is an eye-doctor.他父亲是个眼科医生。(作定语)All men are equal.所有的人都是平等的。(作定语)3)格的变化有些代词有格的变化，如I我(主格)，me我(宾格)，Who谁(主格)，whom谁(宾格)。某些代词有所有格，如whose谁的，other’s别人的，somebody’s某人的，one’s一个人的。4)单复数形式有些代词有单数和复数形式。少数代词的复数形式和名词的复数形式的变化规则相同，如one-ones，other-others。其他如人称代词、物主代词、自身代词和指示代词等，其复数形式与此不同，须个别记忆。5)有或没有冠词代词之前一般不用冠词，只有少数例外。如：the other，the others，a few，a little等。种类1.2英语有下列几种代词：1)人称代词(personal pronoun)a)主格：I，he，she，it，we，you，they.b)宾格：me，him，her，it，us，you，them.2)物主代词(possessive pronoun)：a)形容词性物主代词：my，his，her，its；our，your，their.b)名词性物主代词：mine，his，hers，its，ours，yours，theirs.3)自身代词(self-pronoun)：myself，yourself，himself，herself，itself，ourselves，yourselves，themselves，oneself.4)相互代词(reciprocal pronoun)：each other，one another.5)指示代词(demonstrative pronoun)：this，that，these，those，such，same.6)疑问代词(interrogative pronoun)：who，whom，whose，which，what.7)关系代词(relative pronoun)：who，whom，whose，which，that.8)不定代词(indefinite pronoun)：some，something，somebody，someone，any，anything，anybody，anyone，no，nothing，nobody，no one，every，everything，everybody，everyone，each，much，many，little，a little，few，a few，other，another，all，none，one，both，either，neither.二.人称代词概说表示"我’，、"你"、"他"、"我们"、"你们"、"他们"等的词，叫做人称代词。人称代词的用法1)人称代词主格的用法a)作主语I am a cook.(炊事员)We are cooks，You are a teacher.(教师)You are teachers.He is a barber.(理发员)The yare barbers.She is a nurse.(护士)The yare nurses.It is a cart.(大车)They are carts.b)作表语It’s I.是我。Oh，it’s you.噢，是你。[注一]第一人称单数人称代词I(我)永远要大写。(见上面例句)[注二]口语习惯上不说it’s I(he,she等)，而说It’s me(him，her等)。2)人称代词宾格的用法a)作及物动词的宾语The dog bit him.那只狗咬了他。Our P.T.teacher taught us to swim yesterday.我们的体育老师昨天教我们游泳。This is my new hat.Do you like it?这是我的新帽子，你喜欢吗?b)作介词的宾语My brother often writes tome.我弟弟常给我写信。They took good care of us.他们无微不至地照料我们。3)人称代词的其他用法各人称代词除按照自身的人称、数和格使用外，还有下列一些特殊用法：a)报刊的编辑和文章的作者，在发表观点时，常用we代替I(同样用our代替my)。如：We believe that China will make still greater progress in shipbuilding.我们相信中国的造船业将会有更大的发展。In our opinion this is the best film of the year.我们认为这是今年最好的影片。b)用she来代替国家、城市、船舶、飞机以及动物等，以表示亲切和爱抚。如：That’s the picture of the Dongfeng;she is a 10,000-ton class ocean-going freighter.那是万吨远洋货轮东风号的照片。The dog waved his tail when he saw his master.那狗看见主人就摇尾巴。c)北有时可用来代替小孩(child)和婴儿(baby)。如：The child smiled when it saw its mother.小孩见到母亲就笑了。d)they可用来代替一般的人，特别在"they say"中。如：They say there’s going to be another good harvest this year.人们说今年又是个丰收年。三.物主代词概说表示所有关系的代词叫做物主代词，也可叫做代词所有格。物主代词的用法1)形容词性物主代词用作定语I love my work in the hospital.我喜欢我在医院的工作。How many students are there in his(her)class?他(她)班上有多少学生?There are many good teachers in our school.我们学校有许多好老师。I saw a film lasts saturday.Its title was Guerrillas on the Plains.我上星期六看了一个电影，名叫《平原游击队》。2)名词性物主代词用作主语、宾语和表语a)用作主语：Our room is on the first floor,and theirs is on the second我们的房间在一层，他们的在二层。Ours is a socialist country.我们的国家是社会主义国家。b)用作宾语：I didn’t borrow her dictionary.I borrowed his.我没有借她的字典，我借的是他的。c)用作表语：Whose pencil is this?－It is hers.这是谁的铅笔?___是她的。These tools are ours.这些工具是我们的。[注]"of+名词性物主代词"和2.12的"of+名词所有格"的用法完全一样。如：a friend of mine我的一个朋友(表示部分观念，意即我有不少朋友，他(她)是其中之一)this lovely child of yours你的这个可爱的孩子(有感情色彩)四.自身代词概说表示反射(指一个动作回射到该动作执行者本身)或强调(即用来加强名词或代词的语气)的代词叫做自身代词。自身代词的用法1)在句中作宾语，表示动作回到动作执行者的本身。如：Please help yourself to some lea.请自己用茶。(作help的宾语)The girl is too young to look after herself.这女孩太小，还不能照顾自己。(作look after的宾语)He was always ready to help others;he never thought of himself他总是帮助别人，从不想到自己。(作thought of的宾语)2)在句中作名词或代词的同位语，用来加强名词或代词的语气，作"亲自"、"本人"解。它在句中可置于名词、代词之后，也可置于句子末尾。如：You yourself said so.你自己是这样说的。The desk itself is not so heavy.书桌本身并不重。I fixed the window myself.这窗户是我自己装的。五.相互代词表示相互关系的代词叫做相互代词。相互代词的用法1)作宾语。如：Do you often see one another?你们彼此常见面吗?New and old students learn from each other.新老同学相互学习。.John and Tom helped each other.约翰和汤姆相互帮助。2)作定语时须用所有格。如：We are interested in one another’s work.我们关心彼此的工作。The students corrected each other’s mistakes in their homework.学生相互改作业中的错误。Students cut each other’s hair.同学们相互理发。3)each和other有时可分开用。如：Each tried to persuade the other to stay at home.两个人都彼此劝说对方留在家里。六.指示代词概说表示"这个"、"那个"、"这些"、"那些"等指示概念的代词叫做指示代词。指示代词有：this这个，that那个，these这些，those那些，it那个，这个，Such如此的，如此的事物，same同样的，同样的事物。指示代词this，these，that，those在句中的功用指示代词this，these，that，those在句中的用法相当于名词和形容词，可用作主语、表语、宾语和定语。如：This is a plane，这是一架飞机。(作主语)Oh，it’s not that.噢，问题不在那儿。(作表语)How do you like these?你喜欢这些吗?(作宾语)This book is about Chinese traditional medicine.这是一本关于中医的书。(作定语)指示代词this，these，that，those的其它用法1)This(these)常用来指在时间或空间上较近的事物，that(those)则常用来指时间或空间上较远的事物。如：This is a sickle and that is an axe.这是一把镰刀，那是一把斧子。These days are cold.这些天很冷。In those days the poor people had a hard time.在那些日子里，穷人生活很苦。2)有时that和those指前面讲到过的事物，this和these则指下面将要讲到的事物。如：I had a bad cold.That’s why I didn’t come.我伤风很厉害，所以我没有来。Those two statements are not true.那两种说法是不真实的。What I want to say is this：Pronunciation is very important in learning English.我所要说的是：语音在英语学习中非常重要。chairman Mao honoured Lin Hulan with these words："A great life A glorious death"毛主席用下面的话表彰刘胡兰："生的伟大，死的光荣。"3)有时为了避免重复提到过的名词，常可用that或those代替。如：The climate of shenyang is just as good as that of Beijing.沈阳的气候跟北京的一样好。(that代替climate)The county’s grain output of 1981 was double that of 1970.这个县1987年的粮食产量比1980年增加一倍。(that代替grain output)Television sets made in Nanjing are just as good as those made in Shanghai.南京出产的电视机和上海的一样好。(those代替television sets)4)This和that有时作状语用，表示"程度"，意谓"这么"和"那么"。如：The book is about this thick.那本书大约有这么厚。I don’t want that much.我不要那么多。It指人时亦用作指示代词。指示代词it在汉语中不必译出。如：Who is it?――it’s me.是谁?___是我。Oh,it’s you，Lao Wang.哦，是你呀，老王。Such和same也是指示代词，其单、复数的形式相同。它们在句中可用作：1)定语The foreign Visitors said they had never seen such a beautiful city before.外宾说他们从来没有看过这样美丽的城市。We are not talking about the same thing.我们谈的不是一回事。[注]such作定语时，它所修饰的名词之前如有不定冠词，这个不定冠词应放在Such之后，如上面第一例。2)相当于名词，在句中可作主语、宾语、表语等成分。Such were his words.这就是他讲的话。(作主语)The same can be said of the Other article.另一篇文章也是同样情况。(作主语)Take from the drawer such as you need.你需要什么，就从抽屉里拿吧。(作宾语)His name and mine are the same.他和我同名。(作表语)[注]注意在same之前一般须用定冠词the。七.疑问代词概说"疑问代词有who(谁，主格)，whom(谁，宾格)，whose(谁的，所有格)，what(什么)和which(哪个，哪些)等。疑问代词用于特殊疑问句中疑问代词一般都放在句首，并在句中作为某一句子成分。如：Who is going to speak to us tomorrow?明天谁来跟我们讲话?(who作主语)Who told you so?是谁告诉你的?(who作主语)Whom are you talking about?你们在说谁?(whom作宾语，但在句首时口语常用who代替whom)Whose umbrella is this?这是谁的伞?(whose作定语)What is that?那是什么?(what作表语)What did he say?他说什么?(what作宾语)Which is yours，the blue pen or the redone?蓝笔和红笔哪一支是你的?(which作主语)[注一]疑问代词who，what，which等后面加单词ever，可强调语气，表达说话人的各种感情。如：What ever do you want?你到底想要什么?Who ever is she looking for?她究竟是在找谁?[注二]which表示在一定范围之内的选择，what则没有这种限制。如：What do you usually have for lunch?你们午饭通常吃些什么?Which do you like best?你最喜欢哪一个?Which of you comrades come from the Northeast?你们同志们中间谁是东北人?疑问代词可以引导一个间接疑问句间接疑问句在句中可用作主语、宾语、表语等。疑问代词本身在间接疑问句中又担任一定的句子成分。如：Who will be in charge of the work is still not decided.谁将负责这项工作，现在还没有决定。(疑问代词who引导一个主语从句，它本身又在从句中用作主语。)Do you know what his name is?你知道他叫什么名字吗?(疑问代词what引导一个宾语从句，而它本身又在从句中用作表语。)[注一]what所引导的名词性从句(即主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句)有时不是间接疑问句。如：What he says is quite true.他所讲的话很对。(what相当于that which。它引导一个主语从句，这个从句不是间接疑问句。)Children do what the nurse tells them to do.保育员让孩子干什么他们就做什么。(what引导一个宾语从句，这个从句也不是间接疑问句。)[注二]whatever，whoever，whichever等词可引导名词性从句。这些名词性从句也不是间接疑问句。whatever，whoever，whichever也可引导表示让步的状语从句。如：They eat whatever they can find.他们找到什么就吃什么。(whatever引导一个宾语从句，并在从句中作宾语。)I’ve got plenty of books 1eft.Whoever wants an extra copy can get one from me.我还剩下许多书，谁还想再要一本可来拿。(whoever引导一个主语从句，并在从句中作主语。)八.关系代词两种可用来引导从句并将从句和主句连接起来的代词这样的代词一方面在从句中用作句子成分，可作主语、宾语、定语等；另一方面又起连词的作用。这样的代词有关系代词和疑问代词两种。(关于疑问代词，见4.18)关系代词概说关系代词有who，whose，whom，that，which等，用来引导定语从句。它们在定语从句中可用作主语、宾语、定语或表语；另一方面它们又代表主句中为定语从句所修饰的那个名词或代词(这样的名词和代词叫做先行词)。如：The man who is talking with Mr.Brown is an eye Specialist和布朗先生谈话的那个人是个眼科大夫。(关系代词who在从句中用作土语，它的先行词是man)He is the comrade whom you have been looking for他就是你要找的那位同志。(关系代词whom在从句中作宾语，它的先行词是comrade，whom在口语中一般可省去)The old man whose son is in the navy used to be carpenter.儿子在海军的那位老人过去是个木匠。(关系代词whose在从句中用作定语，先行词为man)The film which I saw last night is about a young teacher.我昨晚看的那部电影说的是一个年轻教师的事。(关系代词which在从句中用作宾语，先行词为film,which在口语中可省略)This is the plane that will fly to Tokyo in the afternoon.这是下午要飞往东京的飞机。(关系代词that在从句中用作主语，先行词为plane)九.不定代词概说不是指明代替任何特定名词(或形容词)的代词叫做不定代词。不定代词有：some一些(可数或不可数)somebody某人someone某人something某物，某事any一些，任何(可数或不可数)anybody任何人anyone任何人anything任何事物no无(可数或不可数)nobody无人no one无一人nothing无物all全体，全部both两个neither没有人或物(指两个当中)none没有人或物(指两个以上)either任何一个(指两个当中)each每个every每个everybody每人，大家，人人everyone每人everything每一个事物，一切other(s)另一个(些)another另外一个，又一个much很多(不可数)many很多(可数)few很少(可数)a few一些，几个(可数)little很少(不可数)a little一些(不可数)one一个(人或物)十.不定代词的用法不定代词大都可代替名词和形容词，在句中可用作主语、宾语、表语和定语。如：1)用作主语Both of them are waiters.他们俩人都是男侍者。Is everybody here?人都到了吗?2)用作宾语I know little about the novel关于这本小说我知道的很少。I am speaking for myself，not for others.我只代表自己，不代表别人发言。I was interested in everything that the old man told me.我对于这位老人告诉我的一切都感兴趣。3)用作表语That’s all for today.class is dismissed.今天就讲这一些。现在下课。This book is too much for me.这本书对我说太难了。4)用作定语Study well and make progress every day.好好学习，天天向上。He has some English books.他有一些英文书。china will become a powerful modern country in another twenty years.再过二十年中国将成为现代化强国。[注]有些不定代词也可用作同位语和状语。如：Wang and Li both made good progress.王和李两人都有很大进步。(同位语)They all went to the Zoo.他们都去动物园了。(同位语)Are you any good at mathematics?你数学好吗?(状语)The meeting lasted some two hours.会议进行了两个小时左右。(状语)十一.复合不定代词由some，any，no，every加上-body，-one，-thing构成的不定代词，叫做复合不定代词。1)复合不定代词有a)somebody某人someone某人something某物，某事b)anybody任何人anyone任何人anything任何事物c)nobody无一人no one无一人nothing[5nQWiN]无一物d)everybody，everyone每人，大家，人人everything每一个事物，一切2)复合不定代词的用法a)复合不定代词只相当于名词，在句中用作主语、宾语和表语。如：Everything is made of elements.任何东西都是元素构成的。(作主语)I have got nothing to say.我没有什么话要说。(作宾语)something和anything的区别与some和any的区别一样，前者一般用于肯定句，后者一般用于否定句、疑问句或条件状语从句中。如：Have you anything to say about this question?-No,I haven’t anything to say.(或I have nothing to say.)(或Yes,I have something to say.)关于这个问题，你有什么话要讲吗?___我没有什么话要讲。(我有话要说。)She told them something about her work.她跟他们谈了一些关于她的工作上的事。(作宾语)b)复合不定代词被形容词所修饰时，形容词须放在它们的后面。如：There is nothing wrong with the lathe.这个车床没有毛病。is there anything important in today’s newspaper?今天报纸上有什么重要消息吗?I need somebody strong to help me.我需要一个体格强壮的人帮助我。数词一.概说1.定义和特征1)表示"多少"和"第几"的词，叫做数词(numeral)。2)数词与不定代词相似，其用法或者相当于形容词，或者相当于名词。2.种类1)基数词表示"多少"的词叫做基数词(cardinal numeral)，如：one(一)，twenty(二十)，hundred(百)等。2)序数词表示"第几"的词叫做序数词(ordinal numeral)，如：first(第一)，twentieth(第二十)，hundredth(第一百)等。二.基数词100以下的基本的墓数词1 one[wQn]11 eleven[i5levn]2 two[tu:]12 twelve[twelv]3 three[Wri:]13 thirteen[5We:5ti:n]4 four[fC:]14 fourteen 5 five[faiv]15 fifteen[5fif5ti:n]6 six[siks]16 sixteen 7 seven[5sevn]17 seventeen 8 eight[eit]18 eighteen[5ei5ti:n]9 nine[nain]19 nineteen 10 ten[ten]20 twenty[5twenti]21 twenty-one[5twenti5wQn]60 sixty 30 thirty[5WE:ti]70 seventy 40 forty[5fC:ti]80 eighty 50 fifty[5fifti]90 ninety说明：1)13-19皆以后缀-teen[5ti:n]结尾，它们都有两个重音。注意thirteen，fifteen，eighteen的发音和拼法。2)20-90第十位数的整数均以后缀-ty[ti]结尾。3)十位数和个位数之间须用连字号"-"。如：twenty-one(二十一)，fifty-five(五十五)，ninety-nine(九十九)等。100以上的基本的基数词100 hundred[5hQndrid]1,000 thousand[5WauzEnd]1,000,000 million[5niljEn]百万100,000,000 hundred million一亿1,000 million(=billion)十亿499 four hundred and ninety-nine(101-999如此构成)3,876 three thousand eight hundred and seventy-six(1001-9999皆如此构成)57,453 fifty-seven thousand four hundred and fifty-three(10001-99999)皆如此构成)768,921 seven hundred sixty-eight thousand nine hundred and twenty-one 8,641,457 eight million six hundred forty-one thousand four hundred and fifty-seven 50,000,000 fifty million 500,000,000 five hundred million 5,000,000,000 five thousand million(或five billion)50,000,000,000 fifty thousand million(或fifty billion)说明：1)100和100以上的基数词须用hundred，thousand，million,billion等。2)十位数与百位数之间有and。但也有不用and的情况，如850可以读作eight hundred fifty。三.基数词的用法基数词在句中可用作下列句子成分：1)主语Two plus nine is eleven.二加九等于十一。Four times six is twenty-four.四乘六得二十四。Three of them went to college last year.他们当中去年有三人上大学了。(如说the three of them，意思则是"他们三个人")2)宾语Give me two.给我两个。3)定语There are nineteen students in our class.我们班有十九个同学。My uncle bought two hand tractors recently.我叔叔最近买了两台手扶拖拉机。(注)hundred(百)，thousand(千)和million(百万)作定语用时一律不用复数；作名词用(后面多跟of短语)时则用复数。如：Our country has a population of l,200 million people.我国有十二亿人口。There are three thousand students in the university.这所大学有三千学生。Rice has been cultivated in the East for thousands of years.水稻在东方已经种植了几千年。Maize is the most important food crop for millions of people in the world.玉米是全世界千百万人最主要的粮食。4)表语She is just fourteen.她刚十四岁。He was already forty when he began to learn English他开始学英语时已经四十岁了。四.序数词1－99的基本的序数词序数词缩写式汉译first[fE:st]lst第一second[5sekEnd]2nd第二third[We:d]3rd第三fouth[fC:W]4th第四fifth[fifW]5th第五sixth[siksW]6th第六seventh[5sevenW]7th第七eighth[eitW]8th第八ninth[nainW]9th第九tenth[tenW]10th第十eleventh 11th第十一twelfth[twelfW]12th第十二thirteenth 13th第十三nineteenth 19th第十九twentieth[5twentiiW]20th第二十fortieth 40th第四十fifty-first 51st第五十一sixty-second 62nd第六十二eighty-third 83rd第八十三ninety-fourth 94th第九十四说明：1)英语序数词1-19除第一(first)，第二(second)，第三(third)有特殊形式外，其余均由基数词后加-th[W]构成。2)有几个序数词加-th时拼法不规则，它们是：fifth，eighth，ninth，twelfth。3)十位整数的序数词的构成方法是：先将十位整数基数词的词尾-ty中的y变成i，然后加-eth[iW]。4)基数词"几十几"变成序数词时，仅将个位数变成序数词，十位数不变。如twenty-one变成twenty-first。5)序数词的缩写形式，由阿拉伯数码后加上序数词的最后两个字母构成。如：1st，2nd，3rd，4th，31st，82nd，93rd，94th等。五.序数词的用法序数词在句中可用作下列各个句子成分：1)主语The first is better than the second.第一个比第二个要好。2)宾语He was among the first to arrive.他是首批到达的。3)定语China exploded its first atom bomb in October 1964.中国于1964年10月爆炸了第一颗原子弹。His father died in the Second World War.他父亲在第二次世界大战中死去。4)表语Jack is always the first to get to the office in the morning.杰克每天早晨总是第一个到办公室。[注]序数词前面常用定冠词the。六.分数和小数的读法1)分数(fraction)分子为基数词，分母为序数词并有复数。1／2 one half[hB:f]；1／3 one-third；2／3 two-thirds；1／4 one-fourth或one quarter[5kwC:tE]；3／4 three-fourths或three quarters；2 3/5 two andthree-fifths.2)小数(decimal)0.5 zero[5ziErEu]point five；1.25 one point two five；3.458 three point four five eight.七.年、月、日表示法1)年代年代前用in。如：2)(in)897读作(in)eight hundred and ninety-seven 3)(in)1961读作(in)nineteen sixty-one(或in nineteen hundred and sixty-one)4)(in)1905读作(in)nine teen and five 5)(in)1800读作(in)eighteen hundred 6)月份月份开头第一个字母须大写，表示"在某月"时，月份前面用介词in。下面月份后附有缩写式。如：7)(in)January Jan.一月(in)April Apr.四月8)(in)February Feb.二月(in)May五月9)(in)March Mar.三月(in)June六月10)(in)July七月(in)October Oct.十月11)(in)August Aug.八月(in)December Dec.十一月12)(in)September Sept.九月(in)November Nov.十二月13)日期用序数词(前面须用the)表示；"在某日"，前面用介词on。如：14)(on)the first一日(on)the eighteenth十八日15)(on)the thirty=first三十一日4)某年某月某日in September 1954(读作in September nineteen fifty four)1954年9月On May 17，1960(读作on May(the)seventeenth nineteen Sis-ty)，1960年5月17日On October 1,1949(读作On October(the)first，nineteen forty nine)1949年10月7日[注]the twenties，the thirties等可用来表示"几十年代"。如in the nineties of the last century(在上一世纪的九十年代)。时刻表示法1)英语表时刻其前用at。如：2)We get up at six(或at six o’clock).我们六点起床。3)They begin work at eight.他们八点开始工作。2)如说"几点几分"，则用下列方法表示：a)表示"几点过几分"，用介词past，但分数须在半小时以内(包括半小时在内)。如：eleven past seven七点过十一分a quarter past eight八点一刻half past nine九点半b)表示"几点差几分"，用介词to，但分数须在半小时以上(不包括半小时在内)。如：two to seven七点差两分a quarter to eight八点一刻eighteen to nine九点差十八分[注]读时间表如上课时间表和行车时间表时，可以直接照表上数字读。日常生活中讲时刻也可用这样的说法。如：7：15读作seven fifteen 11：30读作eleven thirty 9：20读作nine twenty 3：53读作three fifty-three四、有关英语语法手册（1）英语语法手册第1章几个基本语法概念一.关于词类和句子成分根据词的形式、意义及其在句中的功用将词分为若干类，叫做词类。一个句子由各个功用不同的部分所构成，这些部分叫做句子成分。学一个词，要学它的发音、拼法、意义，也要记它的词类；更重要的是要了解它和其他词的关系，及其在句中作什么句子成分。如China is in East Asia(中国位于东亚)一句中的China这个单词所属的词类是名词，在句子中作主语。1.词类(parts of speech)英语的词通常分为十大类：1）名词(noun，缩写为n.)是人和事物的名称，如pen(钢笔)，English(英语)，life(生活)。2)代词(pronoun，缩写为pron.)是用来代替名词的词，如we(我们)，his(他的)，all(全部)。3)形容词(adjective，缩写为adj.)用来修饰名词，如great(伟大的)，honest(诚实的)，difficult(困难的)。4)数词(numeral，缩写为num.)是表示"多少"和"第几"的词，如four(四)，eighteen(十八)，first(第一)，eighth(第八)，hundred(一百)。5)动词(verb，缩写为v)表示动作和状态，如write(写)，walk(行走)，think(想)。6)副词(adverb，缩写为。adv.)是修饰动词、形容词和副词的词，如quickly(快)，often(经常)，very(很)。7)冠词(article，缩写为art.)说明名词所指的人或物的词，如a，an(一个)，the(这，那)。8)介词(preposition，缩写为prep.)表示名词(或代词)与句子里其它词的关系，如from(从)，in(在…内)，between(在…之间)。9)连词(conjunction，缩写为conj.)是连接词、短语、从句和句子的词，如and(和)，because(因为)，if(假如)。10)感叹词(interjection，缩写为int.)表示感情，如。oh(噢)，aha(啊哈)，hush(嘘)。[注一]属于前六类(名、代、形、数、动、副等词)的词都有实义，叫做实词(notional word)。属于后四类（冠、介、连、感等词）的词没有实义，叫做虚词(form word)。[注二]不少词可以属于几个词类，如work(工作；动词和名词)，fast(快；形容词和副词)，since(自从；连词和介词)等。2.句子成分(members of the sentence)英语的句子由主语部分与谓语部分组成。具体地讲，主要有下列六种句子成分：1)主语(subject)它是句子所要说明的人或事物，是一句的主体。如I study English(我学习英语)中的I。2)谓语动词(predicate verb)它是说明主语的动作或状态的，如I study English中的study。3)表语(predicative)它是放在连系动词之后表示主语的身分或特征的，如I am a student(我是一个学生)中的student；Our classroom is clean(我们的教室很干净)中的clean。4)宾语(object)它是表示及物动词动作的对象的，如I study English中的English。介词后面的名词或代词，叫做介词的宾语，如They don’t work on Sunday(他们星期天不工作)中的Sunday，就是介词on的宾语。5)定语(attribute)它是限定或修饰名词或代词用的，如He likes to drink co1d milk(他喜欢喝冷牛奶)中的co1d。6)状语(adverbial)它是修饰动词、形容词、副词用的，如He works hard(他努力工作)中的hard。[注]虚词在句子中一律不能作为句子成分。二.英语词法和句法1.词法(morphology)词法研究的对象是各种词的形式及其用法。英语词类的形式变化有：名词和代词的数、格和性的形式变化；动词的人称、时态、语态、语气等形式变化；以及形容词和副词比较等级的形式变化。2.句法(syntax)句法研究的对象是句子各个组成部分及其安排的规律。3.词类和句子成分的关系在句子里，一定的句子成分由一定的词类来担任。现将哪些句子成分通常由哪些词类来担任列述如下：1)主语：名词和代词Beijing is the capital of our country.北京是我国的首都。(名词Beijing作主语)She is fond of sports.她爱好运动。(代词She作主语)2)谓语动词：动词My brother rides.his bicycle to work.我哥哥骑自行车上班。(动词rides作谓语动词)3)表语：名词、代词和形容词His father is a doctor.他父亲是个医生。(名词doctor作表语)The lesson is easy and Short.这课书又容易又短。(形容词easy和short作表语)That classroom is ours，那个教室是我们的。(代词ours作表语)4)宾语：名词和代词I love music.我热爱音乐。(名词music作宾语)The medicine is good for her.这药对她有效。(代词her作宾语)5)定语：形容词Li Hong is an excellent teacher.李红是一位好老师。(形容词excellent作定语)6)状语：副词Our monitor does well in English.我们班长英语学得好。(副词well作状语)三.短语、从句和句子1.短语(phrase)具有一定意义但不构成从句或句子的一组词，叫做短语。短语在句子里可以单独作为一个句子成分。短语的种类很多，但本书只用下列几个短语名称：a)不定式短语(infinitive phrase)如He 1ikes to read newspapers after lunch(他喜欢在午饭后读报)中的to read newspapers after lunch。b)动名词短语(gerundial phrase)如：Staying indoors all day is unhealthy(整天呆在家里不利于健康)中的staymg indoors all day。c)分词短语(participial phrase)如：I saw many people walking along the lake(我看见许多人在湖边散步)中的walking along the lake。d)介词短语(prepositional phrase)如：He came by bus(他乘公共汽车来)中的by bus。2.从句(clause)内含主语部分和谓语部分，表达一定的概念，但不成为一个独立句子的一组词，叫做从句。从句在句子里可以作为一个句子成分，一般由连词、关系代词或关系副词所引导。从句在句中可用作主语、表语、宾语、定语、状语等句子成分；a)主语从句(subject clause)如What I want to say is this(我要说的是这么一点)中的what I want to say。b)表语从句(predicative clause)如This is what I want to say(这是我要说的)中的what I want to say。c)宾语从句(object clause)如I have said what I want to say(我说完了我要说的话)中的what I want to say。d)定语从句(attributive clause)如This is the thing I want to say(这就是我要说的)中的I want to say。e)状语从句(adverbial clause)如If you want to say something，say it clearly(假如你要说什么，就应说清楚)中的if you want to say something。3.句子(sentence)内含主语部分和谓语部分，有比较完整的意义的一组词，叫做句子。从句子结构本身来看，句子可分为：a)简单句(simple sentence)只有一个主语部分和一个谓语部分，如：The people’s Republic of China was founded in 1949.中华人民共和国于一九四九年成立。b)并列句(compound sentence)包括两个或两个以上的简单句，中间常由连词连接，如：Tom’s father worked from morning till night but he got very little money.汤姆的父亲从早干到晚，但挣得的钱很少。c)复合句(complex sentence)内含一个或一个以上的从句，如：It’s a long time since I saw you last.好久没有看见你了。从说话人说话的目的来看，句子可分为：a)陈述句(declarative sentence)用来叙述一件事，如：I saw him yesterday.昨天我看见他了。b)疑问句(interrogative sentence)用来提出疑问，如：Did you see him yesterday?你昨天见到他了吗?c)祈使句(imperative sentence)表示请求、命令等，如：Please come in.请进来。d)感叹句(exclamatory sentence)表示喜怒等各种情感，如：What a beautiful voice she has!她嗓子多好啊!四.词序(word order)词序就是词或句子成分在句子中的排列顺序。英语里的词和句子成分在句子里的位置比较固定。现将句子成分和虚词在陈述句中的一般位置举例说明如下：1)主语的位置在陈述句基本结构的最前面。如：We help each other.我们互相帮助。2)谓语动词的位置在主语之后。如：We go to school every day.我们每天上学。3)表语的位置在连系动词之后。如：It’s fine today.今天天气很好。4)宾语的位置在及物动词或介词之后。如：I like this place.我喜欢这个地方。(及物动词的宾语的位置)There are many trees in this place.这地方有许多树。(介词的宾语的位置)5)定语的位置单词作定语，一般放在被修饰语的前面，短语和从句作定语则放在被修饰语的后面。如：The school library has many books on agriculture.校图书馆有许多关于农业的书。(many和on agriculture，都修饰books，many在books的前面，on agriculture则在它的后面)6)状语的位置修饰形容词或副词的状语放在被修饰语之前；修饰动词的状语有的放在动词之前，有的放在动词之后。如动词有宾语，状语一般须放在宾语之后。如：The Summer Palace is very beautiful.颐和园非常美丽。(very为状语，修饰形容词beautiful，放在beautiful之前)I know him well.我十分了解他。(well为状语，修饰动词know，放在know之后)The students often go on a picnic.这些学生经常出去野餐。(often为状语，修饰动词go，放在它的前面)We take exercise every day.我们每天都运动。(every day为状语，修饰动词take，在宾语exercise之后)[注]关于以上所讲各个句子成分在句子里的位置，详见第十六章各有关部分。7)冠词的位置冠词在名词之前。如：I met a friend at the bus-stop.我在公共汽车站遇到一位朋友。8)介词的位置介词一般也放在名词或代词之前。如：There is a map of China on the wall.墙上有一幅中国地图。9)连词的位置连词一般放在同类的词、短语或从句之间。如：They worked quickly and efficiently.他们工作速度快，效率高。He works just as hard as everyone else although he is over sixty.他尽管六十多岁了，仍和大家一样努力工作。10)感叹词的位置感叹词常放在句子最前面。如：Oh，it’s you!啊，是你呀!（2）英语语法——语气概述一、语气及其种类1)语气(mood)语气是一种动词形式，表示讲话人对某一行为或事情的看法和态度。2)语气的种类语气可分为下列三种：a)直陈语气(indicative mood)表示讲话人认为他所说的话是一个事实。如：There are two sides to every question.每个问题都有两个方面。Jinzhou is famous for its apples.锦州以产苹果闻名。Comrade Zhang Side had a deep love for the Party.张思德同志对党怀有深厚的爱。b)祈使语气(imperative mood)表示讲话人对对方的请求或命令。如：Bring along your exercise books tomorrow.明天把练习本带来。Make yourself at home.请随便，不要客气。Don’t move!不许动!Don’t be late.不要迟到。Be quiet!请安静!c)虚拟语气(subjunctive mood)。二、虚拟语气一虚拟语气是一种特殊的动词形式，用来表示说话人所说的话不是一个事实，而只是一种愿望、假设、怀疑、建议、猜测、可能或纯粹的空想等。如：If I were not so busy，I would go with you.假如我不太忙，我会和你一起去。(表示假设)I wish Lao Li were here.H6 would know how to fix the machine.老李在这儿就好了，他会知道怎样把机器修好的。(表示愿望)He suggests that we should all go to see the film.他建议我们都去看电影。(表示建议)1.虚拟语气的动词形式比较特殊，共有下列七种：1)动词原形(用于一切人称和数)2)动词的过去式(用于一切人称和数，be的过去式用were)3)had+过去分词(用于一切人称和数)4)should+动词原形(用于一切人称和数)5)should have+过去分词(用于一切人称和数)6)should(第一人称)，Would(第二、三人称)+动词原形7)should(第一人称)，Would(第二、三人称)+have+过去分词[注]上述某些动词形式和直陈语气的某些动词形式相同，但它们的用法及其所表示的时间概念则完全两样，二者切不可混淆。虚拟语气常用在表示条件的从句和表示结果的主句中。2.虚拟语气在条件从句和结果主句中的用法1)表示与现在事实相反的条件和结果，：如：If I Were you，I should go and see the dentist at once.假如我是你的话，我会马上去看牙科医生。If they were no gravity,we should not be able to walk.假如没有引力，我们就不能行走。If they had time，they would study Italian too.假如他们有时间的话，他们也会学意大利语的。If She knew German，She would read Marx and Engels in the original假如她懂德语，她就会读马克思和恩格斯的原著了。He would tell me if he knew，but he does not，know anything about it.假如他知道的话，他会告诉我的，但是他一点也不知道。2)表示与过去事实相反的条件和结果。如：If I had known of your arrival I should have met you at the station.如果我早知道你要来，我会去车站接你的。If you had come a few minutes earlier，you would have met him.要是你早来几分钟的话，你就见到他了。If She hadn’t been so strict with herself,she wouldn’t have made such great progress.她要是对自己要求不严格，她就不会有这样大的进步。If the child had fallen through the ice,he would have drowned.假如这孩子掉到冰窑里，他定会淹死了。3)表示与将来事实可能相反的条件和结果。其用法和表示与现在事实相反的条件和结果相同。如：If it Were Sunday tomorrow，my brother would go skating at the Beihai Park.如果明天是星期天，我弟弟会去北海公园滑冰的。If you dropped the glass，it would break.你如将杯子掉下来，它就会打碎的。What Would happen if I put the paper on the fire?－It Would bum.我若把纸放在火上会怎么样?___纸就会烧着。[注]在表示与将来事实可能相反的条件从句中，亦可用were to+动词原形(比较正式，常用于书面体中)和should+动词原形。如：If you were to come tomorrow，I might have time to see you.你如果明天来的话，我或许会有时间见你。If I were to see her tomorrow，I would tell her about your decisions.我明天如见到她，就把你的决定告诉她。If it should rain tomorrow，what would we do?明天万一下雨，我们怎么办?If you should meet George，tell him I want to see him.你如见到乔治，告诉他我要见他。三、虚拟语气二不用if的条件从句结构在笔语中，条件从句有时可以不用连词小而把were，had或should移至主语之前。但如从句没有were，had或should，则一般不能这样做。如：Should he come，tell him to ring me up.他要是来了，让他给我打个电话。Were I in your position，I would go.如果我处于你的地位，我就去。Had they not helped us，our experiment would have failed.如果没有他们的帮助，我们的试验是会失败的。[注]有时虚拟条件不用条件从句而用介词短语、动词不定式等来表示。如：without contradiction nothing would exist.没有矛盾就没有世界。We could not have done the work well without your help.要是没有你的帮助，我们不可能做好这工作。It wonld be a good idea to go swimming at the summer palace.到颐和园去游泳，倒是个好主意。All this would have been impossible ten years ago.这一切在十年前是不可能有的。四、虚拟语气三虚拟语气和情态动词虚拟结构(不论从句或主句)常可用情态动词的过去式，即could，might，wou1d等加不带to的动词不定式或不带to的动词不定式完成式，来作谓语动词。这些情态动词除表示虚拟结构外，本身还有独立的意思。如：If I were you，I Would go.我如果是你，我就愿意去。If he were here，he might agree with you.假如他在这里，他可能会同意你。I Would help you if I could.假如我能够的话，我一定帮助你。If it had not been for their help，we could not have succeeded.如果没有他们的帮助，我们是不可能成功的。五、虚拟语气四有时条件从句中的动作和结果主句中的动作所发生的时间不一致这时，动词的形式应根据它所表示的时间加以调整。如：If he had followed the doctor’s advice，he Would be quite all right now.他当时若是听医生的话，现在就会痊愈了。(从句说明过去，主句说明现在)If I were you，I Would have gone to the theatre.假如我是你，我会去看话剧了。(从句的时间包括现在，主句说明过去)If you hadn’t helped me，I couldn’t have finished it on time and most likely I would be still working now.假若你没有帮助我，我不可能按时完成工作，很可能现在还在干哩。(从句说明过去，主句说明过去和现在)用直陈语气表示条件和结果在现代英语里，多用直陈语气表示条件和结果。直陈语气的条件和结果所表示的往往是事实。如不是事实，其可能性也较虚拟语气要大。如：If it rains tomorrow，we shall not go out.假如明天下雨的话，我们就不出去。The dog won’t attack you if you sit still.如果你安静地坐着，狗是不会咬你的。If the train leaves at eight thirty，there is no time to lose.火车如果是八点半开，我们得抓紧时间了。If the rain stops，I’ll go for a swim.要是雨停了，我就去游泳。六、虚拟语气五省去从句或主句的虚拟结构虚拟结构中的从句或主句有时形式上可以省略，但意义上却仍存在。1)省去了条件从句的虚拟结构。如：That would be fine.那就太好了。(省去了if you should do it或类似条件)You might stay here forever.你可以永远呆在这里。(省去了if you wanted协或类似条件)I would not have done it.我是不会做那件事的。(省去了if were you或类似条件)[注]虚拟结构中省去的从句有时并不容易找出。如：Who would have thought of it?谁会想到是这样的呢?2)省去了结果主句的虚拟结构(常用以表示愿望)。如：If he were here!假如他在这里该多好啊!If I had never married.如果我从未结婚就好了。这种结构也常用if only开头。如：If only I could help you!假如我能帮助你，那该是多好啊!If only I were ten years younger!我要是能年轻十岁该多好啊!If you would only try harder!你如再努力一试就好了。(only亦可置于would等助动词之后)[注]有时if only只表条件，不表愿望。如：If only I had known earlier，I’d have sent you a telegram.我只要知道得早一点，就会拍电报给你了。七.虚拟语气的其他用法六虚拟语气用在主语从句中在It is natural(necessary，strange，important)that...这类句型里，that所引导的主语从句中的谓语动词常用should加动词原形。如：It is quite natural that he should think so.他这样想是很自然的事。It is strange that he Should have gone away without telling us.真奇怪，他没有通知我们就走掉了。It is necessary that the question should be settled at once.必须马上解决这个问题。It is important that we should speak politely.我们说话要有礼貌，这是很重要的。It is imperative that we should practise criticism and self-criti-cism.应当进行批评与自我批评。虚拟语气用在宾语从句中下列两种宾语从句须用虚拟语气：1)在动词wish后的宾语从句(常常省去连词that)，表示不可实现的愿望。从句中的动词如用过去式，则表示与现在事实相反(如下面第一、二例句)；如用过去完成式，则表示与过去事实相反(如下面第三、四例句)。如：I wish I were a pilot.但愿我是个飞行员。I wish I knew how to operate the machine.我要是会操作这架机器该有多好啊!(=I’m sorry I don’t know.)I wish he hadn’t gone.他要是没走该多好!(=I’m sorry he has gone.)We wish you had come to our New Year’s party.我们真希望你来参加我们的新年联欢会。(=but you did not)动词wish如果是过去式，后面宾语从句的动词的虚拟语气形式不变，仍用过去式或过去完成式。如：She wished she knew how to play golf.她但愿会打高尔夫球。(和过去事实相反)I wished I hadn’t been so forgetful.Then I shouldn’t have missed the concert.我要是不这样忘事该多好，那我就不会不去听音乐会。(和过去的过去的事实相反)[注]有时在宾语从句中可用would或might加动词原形，表示有可能实现的愿望。如：.I wish he，might stay with me.我希望他和我住在一起。He wishes I would go with him.他希望我和他一起去。I wish you would be quiet.我希望你安静一些。2)动词demand(要求)，suggest(建议)，order(命令)，insist(坚持)，propose(建议)等后面的宾语从句，用should(用于所有的人称)加动词原形来表示虚拟语气。如：I suggest that we should hold a meeting tonight.我建议今晚开个会。The chairman proposed that we Should discuss the question.主席提议我们讨论这个问题。Most students insist that they should have more English classes.多数同学坚持要多上英语课。[注]这种结构往往可不用should，尤其在美国，只用动词原形(用于所有的人称)。如上面三例只用hold，discuss和have，不用should hold，should discuss和should have。又如：I suggest that we make a new expertinent.我建议进行新的试验。I propose that the matter be put the vote at once.我提议把这个问题马上付表决。虚拟语气用在状语从句中由as if或as though所引导的状浯从句表示比较或方式时，从句中的谓语动词常用虚拟语气。动词形式用动词的过去式(be用were)或had+过去分词。如：My mother locked after the orphan as if he were her own child.我母亲照料这个孤儿像自己孩子一样。You speak as if you had really been there.你谈得好像你真的到过那里似的。注意下面句中的as if从句用作表语。如：It looks as if it might rain，天好像要下雨似的。[注]连词lest和in case所引导的状语从句中的谓语动词亦用虚拟语气。例见15.33和15.30虚拟语气用在定语从句中It is time(that)…句型中的定语从句里的谓语动词常用虚拟浯气表示将来，动词形式用动词的过去式：意思是"该干某件事了，时间已经有些晚了"。如：It is time we left.我们该走了。It is time we went to bed.我们该睡觉了：It is time we summed up our results.我们该总结我们的成绩了。虚拟语气用在简单句中下面是虚拟语气用在简单句中较常见的两种情况，皆表祝愿。如：1)动词原形1ive用在Long live…中。如：Long live the Communist Party of China!中国共产党万岁!Long live the people!人民万岁!(1ive在此也是虚拟语气的一种动词形式，不可改为lives)2)May用在句子开头(多用在正式的文体中)。如：May good luck be yours.祝你顺利。May you be happy.祝你快乐。May you do even better!祝你取得更大成就!（3）英语语法总结1(see、hear、notice、find、feel、listen to、look at(感官动词)+do eg:I like watching monkeys jump 2（比较级+and+比较级）表示越来越怎么样3 a piece of cake=easy小菜一碟（容易）4 agree with sb赞成某人5 all kinds of各种各样a kind of一样6 all over the world=the whole world整个世界7 along with同……一道，伴随……eg:I will go along with you我将和你一起去the students planted trees along with their teachers学生同老师们一起种树8 As soon as一怎么样就怎么样9 as you can see你是知道的10 ask for……求助,向…要…（直接接想要的东西）eg:ask you for my book 11 ask sb for sth向某人什么12 ask sb to do sth询问某人某事ask sb not to do叫某人不要做某事13 at the age of在……岁时eg：I am sixteen I am at the age of sixteen 14 at the beginning of…………的起初；……的开始15 at the end of+地点/+时间:最后,尽头,末尾.eg:At the end of the day 16 at this time of year在每年的这个时候17 be/feel confident of sth/that clause+从句感觉/对什么有信心,自信eg:I am/feel confident of my spoken English I feel that I can pass the test 18 be+doing：1现在进行时2将来时19 be able to(+v原)=can(+v原）能够……eg:She is able to sing She can sing 20 be able to do sth能够干什么eg:she is able to sing 21 be afraid to do(of sth恐惧，害怕……eg:I’m afraed to go out at night I’m afraid of dog 22 be allowed to do被允许做什么eg:I’m allowed to watch TV我被允许看电视I should be allowed to watch TV我应该被允许看电视23 be angry with sb生某人的气eg:Don’t be angry with me 24 be angry with(at)sb for doing sth为什么而生某人的气25 be as…原级…as和什么一样eg:She is as tall as me她和我一样高26 be ashamed to 27 be away from远离28 be away from从……离开29 be bad for对什么有害eg:Reading books in the sun is bad for your eyes在太阳下看书对你的眼睛不好30 be born出生于31 be busy doing sth忙于做什么事be busy with sth忙于……32 be careful当心；小心33 be different from……和什么不一样34 be famous for以……著名35 be friendly to sb对某人友好36 be from=come from来自eg：He is from Bejing He comes from Bejing Is he from Bejing?Does he come from Bejing?37 be full of装满……的be filled with充满eg:the glass is full of water the glass is filled with water 38 be glad+to+do/从句39 be going to+v(原）将来时40 be good at(+doing)=do well in在某方面善长,善于……41 be good for对什么有好处eg:Reading aloud is good for your English 42 be happy to do很高兴做某事43 be helpful to sb对某人有好处eg:Reading aloud is helpful to you大声朗读对你有好处Exercising is helpful to your bady锻炼对你的身体有好处44 be in good health身体健康45 be in trouble处于困难中eg:She is in trouble They are in tronble 46 be interested in对某方面感兴趣47 be late for=come late to迟到eg:Be late for class上课迟到48 be like像……eg:I’m like my mother 49 be mad at生某人的气50 be made from由……制成(制成以后看不见原材料)51 be made of由……制成(制成以后还看得见原材料)52 be not sure表不确定53 be on a visit to参观54 be popular with sb受某人欢迎55 be quiet安静56 be short for表**的缩写eg:陶is short for陶俊杰57 be sick in bed生病在床58 be sorry to do sth be sorry for sb eg:I am sorry for you 59 be sorry to hear that 60 be sorry to trouble sb eg:I am sorry to trouble you 61 be strict in doing sth严于做某事eg:He’s strict in obeying noles 62 be strict with sb对某人要求严格eg:Some students are not strict with them selves这些学生对自己不严格63 be strict with sb in sth某方面对某人严格64 be supposed to do被要求干什么65 be sure表确定66 be sure of doing sth对做某事有信心eg:He is sure of winning I am sure of learning English well 67 be sure of sth对做某事有信心eg:I’m sure of my head(my teacher我相信我的大脑（老师）68 be sure that sth对做某事有信心eg:I’m suer that he can pass the test我相信他能通过考试69 be sure to do sth一定会做某事eg:We are sure to pass the test我们一定会通过这次考试We are sure to learn English well我们一定能学好英语70 be terrified of+名/动doing害怕……71 be terrified to do sth害怕做某事72 be the same as…和什么一样73 be used to doing sth习惯做某事eg:My father is used to getting up early我爸爸习惯早He is used to sleeping in class他习惯上课睡觉74 be worth doing值得做什么75 be(feel)afraid to do sth害怕做某事be afraid of sth害怕某物be afraid that从句76 because+句子because of+短语eg:He was late because he had a headache He was late because of his headache 77 begin to do=start to do开始做某事start…with…=begin…with…以什么开始什么eg:Let’s begin the game with the song I begin to go home 78 between…and…两者之间79 borrow sth from sb向……借……lend sth to sb(lend sb sth借给……什么东西eg:I borrowed a pen from him he lent a pen to me(he lent me a pen 80 both=the same(as)=not different(from)表相同81 bother打扰(bother sb to do sth)eg:I’m sorry to bother you,but can you tell me to way to the station我十分道歉打扰你，但是你能告诉我怎么去车站the problem has been bothering me for weeks这个问题困扰了我几个周了He’s bothering me to lend him money 82 by the end of到……为止83 call sb sth eg:We call him old wang 84 care关心eg:Don’t you care about this country’s future?你为什么不关心国家的未来85 catch up with sb赶上某人86 chat with sb和某人闲谈take sb to+地点带某人去某地87 come in进88 come over to过来89 come up with提出eg:Can you come up with a good idea你能想出一个好办法吗？90 communicate with sb和某人交流91 consider+doing考虑做什么eg:Why not consider going to lu zhou为什么不考虑去泸州？92 dance to随着……跳舞eg:She likes dancing to the music她喜欢随着音乐跳舞93 decide to do sth决定做某事94 do a survey of做某方面的调查95 do better in在……方面做得更好96 do wrong做错97 Don’t forget to do sth不要忘了做某事98 Don’t mind+doing/从句/名词不要介意……99 each+名（单）每一个…eg:Each student has many books每一个学生都有一些书100 end up+doing以……结束101 enjoy+doing喜欢102 escape from从……逃跑eg:The prisoners have escaped from the prison犯人从监狱里逃跑出来103 expect to do sth期待做某事104 fall down摔下来fall off从哪摔下来105 fall in love with sb/sth爱上什么106 far from离某地远eg:The school is far from my home 107 find+it+adj+to do发现做某事怎么样108 find sb/sth+adj发现什么怎么样eg:I find the book interesting 109 finish完成+doing（名词）110 fit to sb=be fit for sb适合某人111 forget to do没有做而忘了forget doing做了而又忘了eg:Don’t forget to go home I forget closing door 112 from…to…从某某到某某eg:From me to her 113 get/have sth down做完，被（别人）做…eg:I have my hair cut我理了发(头发被剪了）Tom got his bad tooth pulled out汤母把他的坏牙拔掉了（被牙医拔掉了）114 get a part-time job=find a part-time job 115 get along well with sb=get on well with sb与某人相处得好116 get along with sb=get on with sb与某人相处117 get ready for=be ready for为什么而准备eg:I get ready for math I am ready for math 118 get sb in to trouble给某人麻119 get sb to do sth 120 get…from…从某处得到某物121 give a talk做报告eg:He is give a tall 122 give sth to sb give sb sth给某人某物123 go fish钓鱼go swimming游泳124 go on to do去做下一件事go on doing继续做这件事125 go out away from go out of 126 go to school上学（用于专业的）go to the school去学校（不一定是上学）127 good way to好方法128 hate to do讨厌没做过的事hate doing讨厌做过的事129 have a party for sb举办谁的晚会130 have a talk听报告谈一谈131 have been doing现在完成进行时eg:You have been talking You have been sleeping since 132 have been to…(地方）……去过某过地方have gone to…（地方）去了某地还没回来133 have fun+doing玩得高兴134 have sth to do有什么事要做eg:I have a lot of homework to do我有很多家庭作业要做I have nothing to do我没什么事情做135 have to do sth必须做某事136 have trouble(problem)(in)doing sth做什么事情有麻烦137 have…time+doing 138 have…(时间)…off放……假eg:I have month off我请一个月得假139 hear sb+do/doing听见某人做某事/正在做某事140 help a lot很大用处141 help sb with sth\one’s sth帮助某人某事（某方面）help sb(to)do sth帮助某人做某事142 hope to do sth希望做某事143 How about(+doing)=What about(+doing)144 how do you like=what do you think of你对什么的看法145 if:是否＝wether eg:I don’t know if(wether)I should go to the party我不知道我是否应该去参加晚会He don’t know if(wether)we will arrive on time tomorrow morning他不知道我们明天早上是否能准时到达146 if:如果，假如（全部接一般时态）＋条件语态从句eg:I’ll go to LuZhou if it does’t rain假如明天不下雨，我就去泸州If they change the plan they will let me know假如他们要改变计划，他们会让我知道的I’ll go to England,if I have enough money next year如果我明年由足够的钱，我就要去英国147 in one’s opinion=sb think某人认为148 in some ways在某些方面149 in the end=finally(adv)最后150 in the north of…什么在什么的北方（north北sowth南west西east东）151 in the sun在太阳下152 increase增加eg:They’ve increased the prece of petrol by 3%他们把石油价增加了3%153 instead of+（名）代替eg:I’d like an apple instead of a pear我想要苹果，而不要梨子I like English instead of math我喜欢英语而不喜欢数学154 introduce sb to sb介绍某人给某人introduce oneself自我介绍155 invite sb to do sth邀请某人做某事156 It takes sb sometime to do sth做某人花掉某人多少时间eg:It took me 5 minutes to do my homework It takes me half an hour to cook 157 It’s+adj+for sb to do sth对某人来说做某事怎么样158 It’s+adj+to do做某事怎么样159 It’s+adj for sb对于某人来说怎么样It’s+adj of sb对某人来说太怎么样160 It’s+adj(for sb)to do（对某人来说）做某事怎么样It’s+adj of sb to do sth对某人来说做某事太怎么样eg:It’s nice of you to help me with my English 161 It’s a good idea for sb to do sth对……来说是个好主意162 It’s important to sb对某人来说很重要eg:It’s important to me 163 It’s time to do sth It’s time for sth到了该去做某事的时间eg:It’s time to have class It’s time for class该去上课了164 join=take part in参加165 just now刚才166 keep+sb/sth+adj/介词短语让什么保持什么样？167 keep out不让……进入168 keep sb adj让……保持……eg:I want to keep my mother happy keep healthy保持健康169 key to+名词表示：某物的钥匙或某题的答案170 key to…anser to…key可以是答题或钥匙171 laugh at…取笑……eg:Don’t langh at others We langhed at the joke 172 learn by oneslfe自学173 learn from sb向某人学习eg:We should learn from Lei Feng 174 learn to do sth学做某事175 let sb do sth让某人做某事176 Let sb down让某人失望eg：We shouldn’t let our farents down我们不应该让我们的父母失望177 live from:离某地远178 live in+大地方/at+小地方居住在某地eg:I live in LuZhou She lives at XuanTan 179 look after=take care of照顾照看180 lose one’s way谁迷路eg:Lose your way你迷路181 make a decision to do sth决定做某事182 make friends with sb和谁成为朋友eg:I want to make friends with you 183 make it early把时间定的早一点184 make on exhibition of oneself让某人出洋相185 make sb/n+n使什么成为什么eg:I made her my step moller I made you my wife 186 make sb/sth+adj使某人（某物）怎么样eg:You must made your bed clean 187 make sb/sth adj使某人/某物怎么样188 make sb do sth让某人做某事eg:I made him write我以前让他写189 make up be made up of(被动语态）由……组成190 make…difference to…191 mind sb to do mind one’s doing介意……做什么192 most+名most of+代193 much too+形容词194 must be一定195 need+名词需要……196 need sb do sth需要某人做某事197 need to do(实义动词）need do(情态动词）199 no+名词200 not anymore=no more再也不……eg:He didn’t cry any more/He cried no more他再也不哭201 not…(形、副）at all eg:He’s not tall at all.She doesn’t junp far at all 202 not…at all一点都不203 not…either表否定，也不eg:I don’t japanse either.I don’t have sister,either我也没有姐姐204 not…until直到……才……eg:I didn’t sleep until my mother came back.The child didn’t stop crying until I give her sugar 205 offer/provide sb with sth给某人提供206 offer sb sth/offer sth to sb提供什么东西给某人eg:I offer you water/I offer water to you我给你提供水207 on one’s way to…在去……的路上208 on the one hand一方面on the other hand另一方面209 on the phone=over the phone用电话交谈210 on time准时in time及时211 one day＝some day＝someday一天，将来有一天212 one of+可数名词的复数形式213 one to another一个到另一个214 over and over again一遍又一遍的eg:He cleaned the floor over and over again 215 part-time job兼职工作full-time job全职工作216 pay for…付……钱pay the bill开钱，付钱217 please+do 218 please help yourself请随意219 be pleased with sb对某人感到满意220 pour into川流不息的涌入，源源而来221 practice+doing练习做某事222 prefer sth to sth相对……更喜欢……eg:I prefer physics to chemisty.在物理和化学中，我更喜欢物理prefer doing to sth更喜欢去做…不愿意去做…eg:He prefers riding a bike to diving.他更喜欢骑自行车，不开小车prefer to do sth rather than do sth宁愿做…也不愿eg:My unde prefers to buy a now car rather than repaiv the used one.我叔叔更喜欢买新的车，也不去修旧车。prefer sb not to do sth更愿意…eg:I prefer her not to come我不喜欢她不来223 pretend to do sth装着去做什么pretend that从句eg:The two cheats pretended to be working very hard.这两个骗子装着努力工作。He pretended that he did not know the answer.他装着不知道答案。224 rather…than宁可……也不……eg:I would rather be a doctor than a teacher.我愿肯当医生，也不当老师。He likes dogs rather than cats.他喜欢狗，不喜欢猫。225 regard…as把……当作……eg:Please give my best regards to your family.请带我向你的家人我最好的问候。I regard you as my friend.我把你当作我的朋友。He shows little regard for others.他不爱关心别人。226 remid sb about sth提醒某人什么事remid sb to do sth提醒某人做某事eg:he remids me about cooking(he remids me to cook他提醒我做饭227 remid sb of sth使某人想起什么eg:The pictures remind me of my school days.这照片使我想起了我的学校The words that(which)the teacher talke to remind me of my mother.228 return sth to sb还什么东西给某人229 say to oneself对自己说230 say to sb对某人说231 sb spend somemoney on sth花了多少钱在某事上232 sb spend sometime with sb花了多少时间陪谁233 sb spend sometime(in)doing sth花了多少时间做某事234 sb with sb+is sb and sb+are 235 see sb do看见某人做过某事see sb doing看见某人正在做某事236 seem to do/be+adj显得怎么样eg:You seem to be tired You seem to be happy.237 send+sb sth送给某人某物238 send…to…把什么寄到哪里去？239 shock使……震惊eg:Oh,It’s only you!You give me a shock.啊，是你呀！吓我一跳。240 show sb sth向某人展示某物eg:I show her the book.241 show sb sth=show sth to sb拿什么东西给某人看eg:Show me your pen Show your pen to me.242 show sth to sb向某人展示某物eg:I show the book to her.243 some…others…一些……另一些……244 start…with…从……开始begin…with…从……开始245 stay away from远离……eg:We’re told to stay away from the animals when visiting the zoo.当我们参观动物园时，我们要远离动物。If you want to lose weight you’d better stay away from the sweet food.如果你想减肥，你最好远离甜食。246 stop doing停下正在做的事247 stop sb from doing sth阻止某人做某事248 stop sb(from)doing阻止某人做某事249 stop to do停下正在做的事去做其他的事250 such+名这样，这种251 suit sb适合某人252 surprise sb使…惊讶to one’s surprise使……惊讶的是；使……感到震惊253 take classes上课254 take sb to把某人带去eg:I’ll take you to the hospital.255 take walks=take a walk＝go for a walk散步256①talk to对谁说eg:I talk to you.②talk with和谁说eg:I talk with him.③talk of谈到eg:We talked of you.④talk about谈论关于……257 talk with sb和某人说话258 teach sb sth教某人做某事259 tell sb do sth告诉某人做某事260tell sb that+从句tell a story 261 tell sb sth告诉某人某事262 tell sb to do sth告诉某人做什么tell sb not to do sth告诉某人不要做什么263 tell…from…264 thank you for+doing 265 the same+名词/动名词+as……266 as…(adj./adv.)…as相同267 the way to do sth＝the way of doing sth.做……的方法the way to+地方去……的路e g:Do you know the way to learn English?Do you know the way of learning English?268 the way to…（地点）到哪的269 too…to…太怎样而不能……adj+enough to足够…能…so…that+丛句eg:He is too young to go to school.=He is so young that he can’t go to school.He is old enough to go to school.＝He is so old that he can go to school.270 translate……into……把什么翻译成什么eg:Traslate English into chinese.271 travel with sb和某人去旅游272 try one’s best to do sth尽某人最大的努力去做某事eg:I will try my best to learn English well.273 try to do sth想干什么，但没成功try doing sth想干什么，已经做过了eg:He tried to climb他想爬上去，但没成功He tried climbing.他想爬上去，已经做过了274 try…试衣服have a try试一下275 turn down开小turn up开大276 turn off关上turn on打开277 upside down倒着278 visit to…参观某个地方279 wait for sb等某人（4）常见同义词辨析1、angle,corner这两个名词都有“角”之意。angle：几何学上的用词，指两条直线相交而成的角。也可引申指看问题的方面或角度。corner：多指物体的棱角或房间、街道的角落。2、angry,indignant,mad这些形容词均有“发怒的，愤怒的”之意。angry：侧重以愤怒的表情、激烈的言辞或威胁的目光等来表达感情。indignant：侧重愤怒是有充分理由和正当的。mad：多用于非正式文体和讲话中，与angry意义相近。3、animal,beast,creature,brute,cattle这些名词均含“动物”之意。animal：普通用词，指区别于植物和矿物而言的动物的总称。beast：指有别于爬行动物、昆虫等的较大的四脚兽类或牛、马等牲畜。creature：通常指生物或动物，与非生动相对。指人时，则含怜悯或轻蔑的意味。brute：特指野兽。用于人时，突出其野蛮或残忍。cattle：指大牲畜，尤其指牛。4、announce,declare,proclaim,pronounce,advertise,broadcast,publish这些动词均含“宣布，公开”之意。announce：多指首次宣布大家感兴趣或可满足大家好奇心的事情。declare：侧重正式就某事清楚明白地宣布。proclaim：指官方宣布重大事件或施政方针，语体比announce正式。pronounce：词义与announce,declare接近，但较多用于指法律判决方面的宣布。advertise：指通过文字和图像资料等的反复宣传而引起公众的注意，有时隐含令人不快或言过其实的意味。broadcast：专指利用广播或电视传播消息或发表见解。publish：专指通过报刊或其它媒介向公众公布事情。5、answer,reply,respond,retort,return这些动词均有“回答”之意。answer：常用词，指用书面、口头或行动对他人的请求、询问、质问等作出回答或反应。reply：较正式用词，较少用于口语。侧重经过考虑的较正式答复。respond：正式用词，指即刻的，以口头或行动对外来的号召、请求或刺激等作出回答或响应。retort：指对不同意见、批评或控诉作出迅速、有力的回答，即“反驳”。return：正式用词，从本义“归来，回去”引申作“回答、答辨”讲时，含反驳或反唇相讥之意。6、anxiety,worry,care,concern这些名词均含“焦虑、关心”之意。anxiety：指对预料中的不祥之事的焦虑。worry：侧重对未知事态演变的忧虑。care：强调因出于责任感或顾虑等而产生的不安。concern：作“关心”用时，是indifference(冷漠)的反义词，侧重对他人健康、安全等的关心，也可暗示对困难、危险或失败等的忧虑。7、anxious,eager,keen这些形容词均有“急切的，渴望的”之意。anxious：强调因忧虑、关注或害怕而产生的急切心情。eager：侧重于急于成功的迫切心情。keen：强调因兴趣强烈或欲望而急于做某事。8、anything but,nothing but,all but,none but这些短语均由代词加前置词but(除开)构成，但含义各不相同。anything but：(=not at all,by no means,never)表示“决不，根本不”。nothing but：(=only)表示“只不过，除了……以外什么也没有”。all but：(=almost,nearly)表示“几乎，差一点”。none but：(=no one except)表示“只有；除……外谁也不”。9、apparatus,instrument,device,equipment,tool,implement,installation,appliance,facilities这些名词均有“仪器、设备、器械、器具”之意。apparatus：既可指某种具体的由许多不同零件构成的复杂的仪器、装置或器械，又可指它们的总称。instrument：通常指能使人们完成某一精确动作或测量的一种小型仪器，尤指电工仪表、测量装置，航海或航空用的控制装置。device：多指为某一特殊用途或解决某一特定机械问题而设计或改装的精巧的仪器或装置。equipment：多指成套的或重型的设备或装备。通常用作不可数名词。tool：一般指进行特种工作的手工工具，也可指人造使用动力的工具，还可作引申用。implement：原指史前人类所用的工具，现在多指农用工具，也可指为实现某个任务所需的工具或器具。installation：一般多指安装完成，可供使用或操作的整套装置或设施。appliance：侧重指家用机器或设备，尤指家用电器。facilities：常用复数形式，指可供使用的设备或设施。10、apparent,obvious,evident,clear,plain,distinct,definite,manifest这些形容词均含“清楚的，明白的，明显的”之意。apparent：强调显而易见或一想便知。这个词从动词appear派生而来，故有时含有表面如此而事实上未必的意味。obvious：语气较强，指极为明显，有目共睹，无需说明和论证。evident：指根据事实成为显然的。clear：普通用词，侧重清楚明白。plain：普通用词，含义与clear很接近，可通用，但plain着重简单明了，不复杂。distinct：较正式用词，指轮廓的清楚或定义、含义的明确，不会弄错。definite：语气肯定，着重明白无误，无可怀疑。manifest：语义较强，书面用词，强调一目了然，暗示不要任何推论就一清二楚。11、appear,look,seem这些动词均有“看起来，好像是”之意。appear：指从感观印象看似乎是如此，但有时着重指因视野、观点限制而产生的歪曲印象。look：指从样子看起来，侧重通过视觉而建立的印象。seem：多指从主观印象或个反应得出的看法。12、appear,emerge,show,loom这些动词均有“出现”之意。appear：强调公开露面，被看见。emerge：侧重缓缓出现的过程。show：语气较强，强调“露出来”。loom：指朦胧出现，好像从雾中浮现出来一样。13、appearance,look,face,aspect这些名词均含事物或人的“外表，容貌”之意。appearance：普通用词，着重由总体产生的印象。look：普通用词，多用复数，可与appearance换用，但较口语化。face：侧重指容貌。aspect：书面用词，突出人或事物在某特定时间或地点时的外貌。applause,acclaim这两个名词均有“喝彩，鼓掌”之意。applause：侧重以掌声表示喝彩和赞扬。acclaim：较正式用词，现多用于引申表示赞许。14、application,request这两外名词均有“申请、请求”之意。application：指用书面形式提出申请或请求。request：普通用词，侧重指明有礼貌或诚意的请求，能否得到满足并无多大把握。15、appoint,designate,assign,name,nominate这些动词均有“任命，委派”之意。appoint：通常指不经过选择的官方委任。designate：书面用语，侧重当权者或机构的选拔或任命，有时含强行指定的意味。assign：常指给一群人或个人分配、分派、指派或委派任务。name：普通用词，着重任命的结果，而不是过程。nominate：通常指为某一公职选择候选人，并将其提交给有决定权的人作最后决定。16、appreciate,enjoy这两个动词均含“欣赏”之意。appreciate：多用于文学方面，强调对事物有深入的理解能力，且能鉴赏。enjoy：普通用词，使用广泛，程度不及appreciate,多指从外界事物中得到喜悦与满足，领略到乐趣，享受意味强。17、approve,confirm,sanction这些动词均有“批准”之意。approve：普通用词，常指正式的或官方的批准。confirm：强调按法律程序提请确认或批准。sanction：语气最强，多指官方的同意或批准，是书面用词。18、argue,quarrel,debate,dispute,discuss,reason这些动词均含“辩论，争论，说理”之意。argue：指提出理由或证据为自己或自己一方的看法或立场辩护，着重说理、论证和企图说服。quarrel：指两人之间或两个团体之间不友好的、吵吵嚷嚷地大声争论某事，尤指“吵嘴、吵架”。debate：侧重指意见等对立的双方之间正式或公开的争辩。dispute：侧重对分歧进行激烈或热烈的争论或争辩，带一定感情色彩，常隐含“各持已见”或“争论不休”意味。discuss：最常用词，指就某一或某些问题表明观点、看法等，以便统一认识，解决问题。reason：指据理力争以说服对方或求得对问题作更深入的研究。19、arise,rise,raise,lift这些动词均有“上升，举起”之意。arise：书面用词，多用于诗歌或比喻中，具有特殊的修辞色彩。rise：普通用词，指具体的或抽象的事物由低向高移动。raise：及物动词，常用词，多指把某物从低处升到高处，有时作引申用。lift：语气比raise强，指用体力或机械的力举起或抬起某物。20、arise,originate,result这些动词均有“起源，源自”之意。arise：多与from连用，侧重指从无到有的产生，表一种因果关系。originate：强调产生变化的起源。result：侧重变化的最终结果。21、arms,wepon,armament这些名词均含有“武器、兵器”之意。arms：指士兵使用的具体的武器，如枪、炮等。wepon：普通用词，含义广泛，从随手可得的棍棒石头到各种枪炮，甚至原子弹等都可称为weapon，还可作引申用。armament：多用复数形式，指军队的武器装备。书面用词。22、army,troops,forces这些名词均含“军队、部队”之意。army：表军队的总称，与navy(海军)、air force(空军)并列时指陆军。troops：常用复数，多指陆军，着重构成军队的士兵成员，有时也指骑兵部队。forces：语体较正式，多用复数形式，既可指包括陆、海、空在内的一个国家的整个武装力量，也可指某一兵种。23、arrest,capture,catch,seize,trap这些动词均有“抓住，捕捉”之意。arrest：指根据法律或命令进行逮捕并予以监禁或拘留。capture：指通过武力或计谋等，战胜抵抗而捉住敌人或动物。catch：普通用词，指捉住跑动或隐藏中的人或动物，一般指活捉。seize：侧重指以突然、有力地动作迅速抓住或捉住。trap：多指诱捕。24、artificial,false,synthetic,man-made这些形容词均有“人造的，非自然的”之意。artificial：指模仿天然材料由人工制造的东西，侧重真伪对比。false：指因缺失而补上的替代物，有时也指伪装的。synthetic与artificial近义，但前者强调通过化学作用或化学处理把几种物质复制成与原材料截然不同的新产品。man-made：指完全用人工制造，不含仿造和真伪对比的意味。25、as,because,for,since这些连词均含有“因为”之意。as：从属连词，语意较because,since弱，着重在主句，所表示的原因或理由是“附带的”。because：从属连词，语意强，着重直接的原因或理由，所引出的从句是全句的重心，用以回答why提出的问题。for：并列连词，语气较弱，所引出的句子一般放在后面，表示附带说明的理由或推断理由。since：语意比because弱，但比as强，一般用于表示“由于大家已知的事实”。五、有关英语四六级写作模板资料大全（1）英语四六级写作模板大全第一部分、四六级作文：英文信函题型作文diy写作步骤要求考生根据提纲写一封英文书信，如2005年12月六级作文、2005年1月四六级作文、2004年6月四六级作文、2004年1月四级作文。对这类题型，通常分为5个步骤来写：第一、文章开头：称呼第二段、寒暄语句，引出写信的目的：寒暄句+主题句(注：寒暄句和主题句可以是同一个句子)第三段、根据提纲扩展主体段落：主题句+扩展句1+扩展句2+扩展句3第四段、表明自己的观点，并结束书信主体段落在最后要他谈自己的看法第五段、寒暄句+落款第二部分、英文信函题型作文diy写作范文练习[实战演练]directions：for this part,you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic a letter to the university president about the canteen service campus.you should write at least 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline below:假如你是李明，请你就本学校食堂的状况给校长写一封信，内容应包括：食堂的饭菜质量、价格、环境、服务等，可以是表扬，也可以是批评建议，也可以都有。[diy写作模板：架构阶段]第一段：称呼dear mr.president,第二段：引出写信的目的主题句：this letter comes to you from____.扩展句：in it,some opinions are put forward for you to reflect upon第三段：对学校食堂正面的看法主题句：as you know,_____.but unfortunately,______.扩展句：1、___.(举例)as a result,_____.2、besides,______.3、and what’s more,_____.第四段：对学校食堂负面的看法主题句：some people may argue that____.扩展句：1、for instance,____and____.2、but in my opinon,______.第五段：结尾，表明自己看法结尾句：to be belief,though a bit dissatisfied with_____.扩展句：i do believe that,with the efforts of all people concerned,we can solved the problems there.thanks.li ming[diy写作模板：填充阶段]第一段：称呼dear mr.president,第二段：引出写信的目的主题句：this letter comes to you from one of your students.扩展句：in it,some opinions are put forward for you to reflect upon第三段：对学校食堂的看法主题句：as you know,our students are the main customers of the university canteen.but unfortunately,we don’t find the service there satisfying sometimes.扩展句：1、the food is not as nutritious as it should be.(举例)as a result,some of us become thinner and weaker at university.2、besides,sometimes the canteen people just bring us steamed bread with their dirty bare hands.3、and what’s more,the fare is also a little higher at university.第四段：别人对食堂看法主题句：some people may argue that measures have been taken and things are improving there.扩展句：1、for instance,ic cards have taken the place of money in the canteed,and the attitude of the service people is also changing.2、but in my opinon,progress is not so quick and thorough.第五段：结尾，表明自己看法结尾句：to be belief,though a bit dissatisfied with the present canteen conditions,扩展句：i do believe that,with the efforts of all people concerned,we can solved the problems there.thanks.第三部分、范文Dear Mr.president,This letter comes to you from one of your students.in it,some opinions are put forward for you to reflect upon.As you know,our students are the main customers of the university canteen.but unfortunately,we don’t find the service there satisfying sometimes.the food is not as nutritious as it should be.as a result,some of us become thinner and weaker at university.besides,sometimes the canteen people just bring us steamed bread with their dirty bare hands.and what’s more,the fare is also a little higher at university.Some people may argue that measures have been taken and things are improving there.for instance,ic cards have taken the place of money in the canteed,and the attitude of the service people is also changing.but in my opinon,progress is not so quick and thorough.（2）英语四六级写作三个套路作文的展开—按照三步走：1)题目涉及的现象进行简单的描述，在描述的过程中将写作引向文章的主题(这样的描述可以自己控制，如果第一段落字数单薄，可以适当使描述具体化)。2)在第一步的基础上给出观点，观点视文章主旨可以分为：个人观点(包括方法、途径)，和多方观点(观点从正反两方面或者一个方面的多个层次阐述；在交待观点是需要有原因和支持)。3)个人观点总结点题(同意异表)，简要指出方法途径，如果找不到具体的解决方法，则将话讲得圆滑(如果正文中间观点没有必然冲突，则可以融合)。例子：A 1995.1 my view on the negative effects of some advertisements社会上的广告现象越来越多，很多的广告对我们的社会有不良的影响-〉(广告如何多：路边大型广告，报纸一半是广告，电线杆上垃圾广告，电视商业广告频繁。)Today we live in a world of advertisement.Ads appear on broad side boards,take up much of newspaper coverage,slip their way onto walls and constantly interrupt TV programs.However pervasive they are,(尽管他们四处充斥)they always produce a negative influence。从观点的多个层次描写：1.白日抢劫——卖家通过弯曲夸大事实来欺骗消费者购买(化妆品)；2.种下不良消费习惯或者价值观(香烟)；3.污染环境(牛皮癣和校园商业海报)。To begin with,daylight robbery is made everyday occurrence(白日抢劫每天都在发生)as a result of the negative effects of ads.Harmful ads exaggerate the functions and distort/ignore the facts。(夸大功能，歪曲事实)Every means is tried to hook people into buying(为了诱导人们消费，不择手段).Make-up promotion is a typical case in point。(化妆品促销就是一个典型的例子)Furthermore,misleading ads plant in the mind(在脑海中植下)of consumers,especially young people,a bad consumption habit or,even worse,corrupt values.For proof,look no further than cigarette selling.(香烟销售就是一个典型的例子)Ads with the image of a smoking pop star broadcast an irresistible message。(传递无法抗拒的信息)Last but not least,easily-printed posters and handouts have polluted our environment。个人认为广告负面效应不可避免，要通过严格的法律来减少危害，同时开动脑精，远离它们。Personally,no one can avoid the negative influence.However,we need to step up law enforcement(加强执法)to minimize the harm of such ads.Meanwhile,as consumers,we need to use our head and keep our distance。B 1996.1 Two-day weekend工作效率提高，物质生活富足，人们可能享受2天周末制，(除了工作效率之外：人们对生活水平的期待。)As the productivity improves,our society becomes more affluent than ever before.As a result of such social advance,a 2-day weekend seems not just possible but also feasible。从正反两方面描写，每个方面可以从多个角度来论述：1.有人欢呼，原因如下：1)更长的休息时间，更好的调整精力，更高的效率为新的一周做好准备；2)更长的时间与家人分享，更加融洽家庭关系；3)可以进行适当距离的旅游，更好的享受生活。2.有人反对，原因如下：1)在某种程度上不利于生产和生活(减少产出，办事不方便)；2)降低效率(周末未完之事必须拖拉两天；周末活动过多造成假期疲劳)。The proponents(支持者)happily welcome a 2-day weekend for the following reasons.Firstly,a 2-day weekend ensures more time for rest(确保足够的时间休息).People can better recover from 5 days hard work(可以更好的从天的工作中恢复过来)and get more refreshed and productive for the coming week.Secondly,a 2-day weekend allows more time to share with one’s family.Thirdly,2 days make possible(使—成为可能)short-distance travels,so that people needn’t rush through a destination(在一个游玩的目的地走马观花)and can enjoy more of life(更好的享受生活).On the other hand,the opponents(反对者)argue an extended weekend(延长了的周末)causes incontinences of some kind(某种程度的不便)to life and harm to economy,as workers in service agencies(服务行业)and in companies leave position for leisure and recreation。(离职去娱乐享受)What’s more,a longer weekend reduces efficiency(降低效率)and does not necessarily promise(确保)more energy for a new week.Anything that happens on Friday but can’t be finished within that day has to be delayed even longer.After people finish an ambitious travel,they feel exhausted than refueled.(他们感到很疲劳而不是充电了)个人认为是好事，但是要多方面努力，享受好处的同时尽量避免坏处。As for me,I readily welcome the 2-day weekend.Still,we need to make joint efforts to minimize the disadvantages while enjoying a happier life。C 1998.6 do lucky numbers really bring luck？___〉中国这个社会长期以来的传统：喜欢吉祥的数字。数字和运气之间有必然的联系么？___〉(如何喜欢：重要事件选择黄道吉日，如婚庆，开业；手机号码选择吉祥数字等等举不胜举。)It’s a tradition in the Chinese culture to associate lucky numbers with good luck.We select good days for big events like wedding and business ceremonies;we cast huge money for a good phone number or a car plate.Similar examples simply abound in this country(这样的例子举不胜举).However,does this magical relationship exist?从正反两方面描写，每个方面可以从多个角度来论述：1.有人坚信，原因如下：1)几千年的民族传统肯定有他的道理；2)偶尔的神奇现象也能增加信心。2。不相信的人也有自己的理由：1)数字只是人类发明的符号，与运气无关。2)如果不遵守科学规律，任何数字都不能确保幸运(车祸)。Those who believe argue that such a tradition dates back thousands of years(这个传统有几千年的历史了).There must be a reason.In addition,occasional coincidences(偶尔的巧合)in history and in life even add to their confidence(增强了他们对这个信心).By contrast,those who don’t believe also have their reasons.For one thing,numbers are nothing but man-made symbols.How can they have anything to do with luck?For another,however lucky the numbers are(不管这个数字都么的吉祥)，accidents can’t be avoided if we turn a blind eye to science(无视科学)，say,driving a car while being drunk。个人认为数字和运气没有必然联系，因此不能当真。同时尊重这样的一个传统。From my point of view,there is never any relation between lucky numbers and good luck.While we keep this tradition,we should never take it too seriously。（3）作文中那些“万金油”的连接模板1.有几个可供我们采纳的方法。首先，我们可以……。There are several measures for us to adopt.First,we can______2.面临……，我们应该采取一系列行之有效的方法来……。一方面……，另一方面，Confronted with______,we should take a series of effective measures to______.For one thing，______For another,______3.早就应该拿出行动了。比如说……，另外……。所有这些方法肯定会……。It is high time that something was done about it.For example._____.In addition,_____.All these measures will certainly______.4.相反，有一些人赞成……，他们相信……，而且，他们认为……。On the contrary,there are some people in favor of___.At the same time,they say____.5.但是，我认为这不是解决……的好方法，比如……。最糟糕的是……。But I dont think it is a very good way to solve____.For example，____.Worst of all，___.6.……对我们国家的发展和建设是必不可少的，（也是）非常重要的。首先，……。而且……，最重要的是……______is necessary and important to our countrys development and construction.First，______.What’s more,_____.Most important of all,______.7.为什么……？第一个原因是……；第二个原因是……；第三个原因是……。总的来说，……的主要原因是由于……Why______?The first reason is that______.The second reason is______.The third is______.For all this,the main cause of______due to______.8.然而，正如任何事物都有好坏两个方面一样，……也有它的不利的一面，像……。However,just like everything has both its good and bad sides,______also has its own disadvantages,such as______.9.尽管如此，我相信……更有利。Nonetheless,I believe that______is more advantageous.10.完全同意……这种观点（陈述），主要理由如下：I fully agree with the statement that______because______.（4）大学英语六级考试优秀范文及写作指导关于如何看待大学生上网的英语作文Internet Surfing-因特网冲浪Nowadays,there is a growing popularity of Internet surfing on college campus.An increasing number of students,majoring either in science or engineering or in liberal arts,spend many hours surfing the Internet with keen interest everyday.Internet surfing has attracted college students like magnets because it is the world of Internet and the world of globalization.First,with the global coverage of Internet,we can reach out and touch anyone at any place of the world.Via Internet,we can send and receive E-mails at any time much faster,cheaper and more effective than conventional means such as telephone,telex and fax.Next,via access to the home pages of libraries,universities,journals and news agencies,and research organizations,we can easily acquire all kinds of information,to know what is going on all over the world.Finally,by clicking the mouse,we are capable of doing such important things as shopping,finding jobs,making friends,down-loading files and programs,doing business,publishing papers and freely airing our opinions on all sorts of interesting issues.What is more,Internet offhrs many opportunities.For example,we can work,educate ourselves and communicate with others at home via Internet.In the Information Age,it is difficuh to imagine modern life without Internet.With the rapid development of Information Technology industry,successful dot-com companies mushroomed everywhere.Internet is revolutionizing our economy,our society and our life.关于大学生压力的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic How Should College Students Relieve Pressure?You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)当今的大学生要面临很多来自不同方面的压力2)大学生缓解压力的方式有…3)你一般都是如何排解压力的?How Should College Students Relieve Pressure?_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________关于大学生压力的英语作文-行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出一个问题，提纲第2点要求说明如何解决该问题，提纲第3点要求阐述“我”的做法，由此可判断本文应为问题解决型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：指出当今的大学生主要面临哪些压力;列举大学生缓解压力的方式;谈谈“我”是采取哪种方式排解压力的。关于大学生压力的英语作文-高分范文How Should College Students Relieve Pressure?Today’s college students face many pressures,mainly from parents’expectation,study,economy,employment and all kinds of competition.[1]Although pressure to some extent can provide motivation,overdue pressure has a serious negative effect.Pressure can destroy a student’s confidence.[2]More seriously,it might make some students lose control of their emotions and behaviors.[3]Considering the great damage of overdue pressure,college students should learn to how to relieve pressure.[2]First,we should have a right evaluation of ourselves[4]so as to[5]make use of advantages and avoid disadvantages.[2]Second,we should[6]set a clear aim of a struggle.The aim can give us motivation,and make us become active.[2]Third,[7]attending collective activities is an effective way to relieve pressure.[2]Finally,if you find pressure is nearly[8]beyond your control,you’d better turn to professional psychological guidance.[2]As to me,my pressure is mainly from future employment.[4]In order to reduce it,I asked my parents help me analyse my advantages and disadvantages,and produce a more practical job objection.[2]So my employment pressure was relieved greatly.Now I become confident in my future,and I[9]do believe I can get an ideal job after my graduation.【亮点点评】[1]although引导让步状语从句。[2]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[3]“考虑到，鉴于”，介词。[4]表示目的。[5]“扬长避短”。[6]“设立一个明确的奋斗目标”。[7]动名词短语作主语，用不同于前两点的句式提出缓解压力的第三种方式。[8]“超出…范围或能力”。[9]强调动词believe。佳句临摹1.佳句：Although pressure to some extent can provide motivation,overdue pressure has a serious negative effect.临摹：尽管兼职工作能够带来很多好处，但我们不应该在它上面花费太多的时间。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：Attending collective activities is an effective way to relieve临摹：学会如何与人沟通是步入社会的第一步也是最重要的一步。___________________________________________________________3.佳句：In order to reduce it,I asked my parents help me analyse my advantages and disadvantages临摹：为了在激烈的竞争中获得优势，大学生们必须全面发展自己的能力。___________________________________________________________【KEY】1.Although a part-time job does much good to us,we should not spend too much time on it.2.Learning how to deal with people is the first and the most important step to enter into the society.3.In order to get their priority in the fierce competition,college students have to develop their abilities关于大学生使用信用卡的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Credit Cards on Campus.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)近年来越来越多的大学生开始使用信用卡2)分析产生该现象的原因3)针对大学生使用信用卡提出你的建议Credit Cards on Campus_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________关于大学生使用信用卡的英语作文-行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出一种现象，提纲第2点要求分析产生该现象的原因，提纲第3点要求针对该现象给出“我”的建议，由此可判断本文应为现象解释型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：描述大学生使用信用卡的现状;分析大学生信用卡用户增加的原因;针对大学生使用信用卡提出“我”的建议。关于大学生使用信用卡的英语作文-高分范文Credit Cards on Campus In recent years,credit cards have[1]gained more popularity among college students.[2]With banks’more focus on college market,[3]an increasing number of college students have applied for a credit card and begun to consume by it.[4]The following three factors can account for the popularity of credit cards in college.[5]Firstly,a credit card provides overdrawing service,[6]which is[7]a big attraction for those students who have no much money for their domination.[5]Secondly,a credit card can help release financial burdens on those poor students,and[8]hence reduce the risk of their dropping school for lacking money.[5]Besides,many banks make some preferential policies on credit cards,like sending a gift,lowering year cost.[7]Drawn by these policies,many college students apply for credit cards.[5]As far as I am concerned,it is not a bad thing for college students to own credit cards.[5]However,there is misuse of credit cards among college students.Many students use credit cards to buy luxurious things they don’t need really,and even some of them owe a big credit cards debt.[5]Therefore,schools and banks have responsibility to let college students learn how to use credit cards properly.[9]Only in this way can college students enjoy really the advantages of credit cards.关于大学生使用信用卡的英语作文【亮点点评】[1]“越来越流行”。[2]“随着”，介词。[3]“越来越多的”。[4]用于引出原因。[5]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[6]which引导非限制性定语从句。[7]表示“吸引”的两种不同的方式，用词富于变化。[8]“由此，因此”。[9]“only+状语”位于句首，引起句子部分倒装。关于大学生使用信用卡的英语作文-佳句临摹1.佳句：With banks’more focus on college market,an increasing number of college students have applied for a credit card.临摹：随着市场经济的快速发展，金钱在社会中扮演着越来越重要的角色。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：A credit card can help those poor students pay their tuition and fees,and hence reduce the risk of their dropping school.临摹：一些同学希望通过社会实践提高自己的能力，并由此来增加就业机会。3.佳句：Drawed by these policies,many college students apply for credit cards.临摹：在就业压力的迫使下，一些大学生开始自主创业。___________________________________________________________【KEY】1.With the rapid development of market economy,money plays a more and more important role in the society.2.Some students hope to enhance their practical abilities by attending social practice,and hence increase their chances of employment.3.Forced by employment pressure,some college graduates begin to set up their own businesses.(关于勤俭节约的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Is Thrift Still a Good Virtue?You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)随着人们生活水平的提高，一些人认为勤俭节约的生活方式已经过时了2)但是很多人反对这种说法3)你的看法是…，为什么?Is Thrift Still a Good Virtue?_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________关于勤俭节约的英语作文-行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点提出一种观点，提纲第2点提出另外一种相反的观点，提纲第3点要求谈谈“我”的观点，由此可判断本文应为对比选择型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：提出第1种观点：节俭和朴素的生活方式已经过时了，并说明理由;提出第2种观点：勤俭节约仍然是一种美德，并说明理由;表明“我”对节俭的看法，并说明理由。关于勤俭节约的英语作文-高分范文Is Thrift Still a Good Virtue?With the improvement of the living standards,many people are[1]no longer interested in the simple life style[2]and some of them even feel ashamed to be thrifty.What they pursue is the latest fashion.In their eyes,thrift is already out of style.[3]However,still other people insist that thrift is a good virtue.They say that the unprecedented power of production doesn’t mean that we are entitled to a life of extravagance,because our natural resources are limited[2]and some of them even are[4]on the decline.[5]Moreover,they hold that waste may lead to degradation of social atmosphere and environmental pollution as well.[6]As to me,I prefer the latter opinion.I believe[7]“Waste not,want not.”The truth of this saying is[8]not to give up comfort but to enhance efficiency.[5]In fact,economic growth depends enormously on saving.[5]Besides,there are still millions of Chinese[9]living under poverty line.We can never afford reckless waste.[5]Therefore,[10]it is no doubt that thrift is still a good virtue that we should not give up.关于勤俭节约的英语作文【亮点点评】[1]“不再”。[2]表示递进。[3]引出另外一种观点。[4]“在下降”。[5]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[6]用于引出自己的观点或选择。[7]引用谚语“俭以防匮”。[8]not...but连接并列结构，意为“不是…而是”。[9]现在分词短语作后置定语。[10]“毫无疑问”。关于勤俭节约的英语作文-佳句临摹1.佳句：Our natural resources are limited and some of them even are on the decline.临摹：车祸使人们的财产遭受极大的损失，甚至还夺走了无数人的生命。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：The truth of this saying is not to give up comfort but to enhance efficiency.临摹：我们永远都不应该低估自己的能力，而应该相信一句谚语：“有志者，事竟成。”___________________________________________________________【KEY】1.Traffic accidents have caused great damages to people’s properties and even taken away thousands of people’s lives.2.We should never underestimate our abilities but should believe in the proverb:“Where there is a will,there is a way.”关于节食减肥的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic On Dieting.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)现在有越来越多人的选择节食减肥，有的人是为了健康，但是更多的人是为了有一个苗条的身材2)分析节食减肥可能带来的影响3)你的建议On Dieting_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________关于节食减肥的英语作文-行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出一种现象并要求说明原因，提纲第2点要求分析这种现象可能带来的影响，提纲第3点要求针对该现象提出“我”的建议，由此可判断本文应为现象解释型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：描述越来越多的人节食的现象并分析主要原因;阐述节食不当可能带来的影响;针对节食给出“我”的建议。关于节食减肥的英语作文-高分范文On Dieting Nowadays more and more people are beginning to go on a diet.Some people are concerned with their health,and they go on a diet in order to lose unwanted weight.But still others,[1]especially the young women,are paying too much attention to their outward appearance.They[2]become the leading numbers who go on a diet.[3]However,dieting might[4]bring great negative effects on people.[3]For one thing,quite a lot of people don’t really need dieting to keep health,and they diet just because they want to keep slim.For them,dieting[5]not only is useless but also might damage their health.[3]For another,some people lack enough knowledge on how to diet scientifically.[3]As a result,they are likely to suffer from malnutrition.[6]Considering the serious damage of unhealthy dieting,we should be cautious in dieting.[3]In my opinion,dieting,[7]for whatever reasons,needs professional guidance.[8]Only with right guidance can dieting work[9]as we expect.关于节食减肥的英语作文-【亮点点评】[1]“尤其”，表示强调。[2]“成为主力军”。[3]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[4]用于引出对危害或负面影响的阐述。[5]“not only…but also”用于连接并列成分。[6]“考虑到，鉴于”，介词。[7]“不管因为什么原因”，whatever意为“无论什么”。[8]“only+状语”位于句首，引起句子部分倒装。[9]“像我们期望的那样”。关于节食减肥的英语作文-佳句临摹1.佳句：For them,dieting not only is useless but also might damage their health.临摹：基因技术不仅使动植物受益而且还有助于提高人类的生活质量。__________________________________________2.佳句：In my opinion,dieting,for whatever reasons,needs professional guidance.临摹：无论你的目标是什么，你都必须通过诚实的劳动来实现它。_______________________________________________3.佳句：Only with right guidance can dieting work as we expect.临摹：只有修满足够的学分，学生才能够获准毕业。_____________________________________________【KEY】1.Genetic technology helps not only the plant and animals but also human beings to live a higher quality 2.Whatever your aim is,you must worked honestly to attain it.3.Only when adequate credits have been achieved can students gain the qualification for graduation.关于交通事故的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Road Accidents.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)交通事故会给人们的生命和财产带来很大的损失2)分析交通事故发生的主要原因3)如何降低交通事故发生率Road Accidents_______________________________________________________关于交通事故的英语作文-行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点提出一个问题，提纲第2点要求分析造成该问题的原因，提纲第3点要求说明解决该问题的方法，由此可判断本文应为问题解决型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：指出道路事故的严重性及主要危害;分析导致道路事故的主要原因;说明应该如何降低道路事故的发生率。关于交通事故的英语作文-高分范文Road Accidents Road accidents,[1]as one of the important social problems,have always been paid great concern.In most of the big cities,every day,there happen quite a few road accidents.In these accidents,many people suffer great property losses[2]and some of them even lose their lives.[3]The following reasons contribute to road accidents.[4]Above all,traffic is becoming heavier and heavier,especially in big cities.More and more vehicles on road[5]increase the chances of accidents.[4]In addition,many drivers lack safety awareness and even don’t comply with the traffic regulations.For example,some drivers run the red light or drive after being drunk.[4]Besides,the[6]weak supervision and management of traffic control sectors is a noticeable reason.[7]Considering the seriousness of the traffic problem,[8]it is high time for us to take more effective measures to solve it.[4]Firstly,the government should invest more money to improve public transportation and provide more transportation ways for people to choose.[4]Secondly,stricter laws and regulations should be made to punish those who break traffic regulations.[4]Finally,drivers should enhance safety awareness and develop good driving manners.[9]Only in this way could road accidents be avoided successfully.关于交通事故的英语作文【亮点点评】[1]插入语，as意为“作为”。[2]表递进。[3]用于引出原因。[4]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[5]“增加了…的机会或可能性”。[6]“监管不力”，weak的使用准确地道。[7]“考虑到，鉴于”，介词。[8]用于引出解决办法，表示解决问题的紧迫性,常译为“早该是…的时候了”。[9]“only+状语”位于句首，引起句子部分倒装。关于交通事故的英语作文-佳句临摹1.佳句：In these accidents,many people suffer great property losses and some of them even lose their lives.临摹：一些人失败后可能会变得灰心丧气，甚至会放弃成功的希望。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：More and more vehicles on road increase the chances of accidents.临摹：许多学生认为考取更多的证书可以增加他们找工作的机会。___________________________________________________________3.佳句：It is high time for us to take more effective measures to solve it.临摹：因此，我们早该关注一下人口过剩问题了。___________________________________________________________【KEY】1.Some people,after a failure,may become discouraged and even give up their hope for success.2.Many students believe that more certificates may increase the chances of their being employed.3.Therefore,it is high time we paid special attention to the problem of overpopulation.(关于大学生就业难的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic College Students’Job Hunting.You should write at least 150 words according to the outline given below in Chinese:1)近年来出现大学生就业难的现象2)产生这一现象的原因3)如何解决这一问题关于大学生就业难的英语作文【思路点拨】本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点要求指出目前大学生就业难的现象，提纲第2点要求分析这种现象产生的原因，提纲第3点则要求阐述应该如何解决这一问题，由此可判断本文应为问题解决型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含以下内容：提出大学生就业难的现象，指出现象的表现；说明现象产生的原因，如大学生追求目标过高等；从几个方面提出解决方法。关于大学生就业难的英语作文【参考范文】College Students’Job Hunting Nowadays,the employment of college students is becoming more and more of a problem.About a decade ago,university students could find satisfactory and enviable jobs after graduation,while the things are quite different at present.In addition,according to statistics,about 30%of graduate students can’t find a job but stay at home after graduation。Employment difficulty of college students is due to the following reasons.Among these,the increasing recruitment of colleges and universities plays a vital role.In addition,many colleges and universities fail to adapt their courses to the development of economy。Considering the seriousness of unemployment of college students,I think it is high time that we took effective measures to solve the problem.Above all,college students should realize their own defects and further improve themselves to keep their competitive edge in society.Moreover,colleges or universities should provide more trainings and internship opportunities before the students enter the society.Besides,college students should hold a right attitude towards jobs and set their job expectations at a suitable level.Only through these ways can the college students find a satisfactory job and have a brighter future。(关于大学生同居利与弊的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic My View on College Student’s cohabitation.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)现在社会上的未婚同居现象相当普遍，大学生中也存在这种现象2)分析大学生同居的利与弊3)你怎样看待大学生同居现象？为什么？关于大学生同居利与弊的英语作文【思路点拨】本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出一种现象，提纲第2点要求分析该现象的利与弊，提纲第3点要求谈谈“我”对该现象的看法，由此可判断本文应为对比选择型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：描述大学生中的未婚同居现象，引出对其的争议；对比分析大学生同居的利与弊；表明“我”对大学生未婚同居现象的立场并说明理由。关于大学生同居利与弊的英语作文【参考范文】My View on College Students’Cohabitation Nowadays,premarital cohabitation is common and popular and this phenomenon has extended to the campus.More and more college student lovers choose to live together off campus.This phenomenon has aroused great public concern and there are much discussion on its advantages and disadvantages。Admittedly,college students’cohabitation has its advantages.One of them is that the lovers can know each other better by living together.They can decide whether their romantic relationship should go on.Secondly,cohabitation matures college students and improves their sense of responsibility.However,there are also many problems resulting from the cohabitation on campus.A good example to illustrate this point is that some girls might be hurt by their irresponsible boyfriends.Besides,living together will involve many trivial things,which of course will influence their study。From my point of view,it is unwise for college student lovers to live together during their education.After all,premarital cohabitation is not an easy thing,which is too early for college students who are not mature enough.Therefore,I suggest that the college students should take love seriously and do not choose to live together before graduation。关于电视选秀节目的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Attending TV PK shows does(or does not)good to young people.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)现在各种各样的电视选秀节目吸引了许多年轻人2)为了实现明星梦，一些年轻人甚至放弃了学业，这种现象引起了许多关注3)你怎么看？为什么？关于电视选秀节目的英语作文【思路点拨】本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点和第2点指出一种有争议的现象，提纲第3点要求表明“我”对该现象的看法，由此可判断本文应为对比选择型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：描述年轻人热衷选秀节目的现象，引出对其的争议；表明“我”对年轻人热衷选秀节目的看法，并说明“我”的理由。关于电视选秀节目的英语作文【参考范文】Attending TV PK Shows Does No Good to Young People Nowadays TV PK shows are great hits in China and have attracted many young people.Some youngsters even give up their studies to attend these shows in the hope of becoming famous overnight.Some people think these shows provide young people more chance to show talents,while others believe that attending these shows does no good to the young people.As for me,I prefer to the latter opinion。It should be admitted that some young people like Li yuchun has stood out from the numerous attendants in the PK show,but that doesn’t mean attending the PK shows is a good way to become successful for young people.The following reasons can support my view.Firstly,TV PK shows breed restlessness and induce young people to hunt after fame at whatever cost.Secondly,TV PK shows can subvert the youngsters’values.They think attending the PK shows is a shortcut to the success,so they may despise the way of achieving success by hard work.Finally,if the young people fail in these shows,they will suffer a psychological unbalance。In a word,entering for TV PK shows is not a good way for young people to make a success.I suggest young people should think twice before deciding to attend PK shows。关于大学生自助游的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Self help Traveling of College Students.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)大学生出去旅行经常会选择“自助游”2)分析大学生选择“自助游”的原因3)你的看法关于大学生自助游的英语作文【思路点拨】本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出一种现象，提纲第2点要求分析这种现象产生的原因，提纲第3点要求谈谈“我”对该现象的看法，由此可判断本文应为现象解释型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含以下内容：简单说明何谓“自助游”，描述大学生热衷于“自助游”的现象；分析大学生选择“自助游”主要原因；阐述“我”对“自助游”的看法。关于大学生自助游的英语作文【参考范文】Self-help Traveling of College Students So called self-help traveling refers that travelers themselves arrange travel route,travel time,and all the other matters during travel,without any guide and team leader.Nowadays this kind of traveling model is gaining more and more popularity among college students.According to the survey,over 80%of college students prefer self-help traveling to following a tour group。Why are college students so fond of self-help traveling?Above all,self-help traveling gives travelers more freedom and space.College students don’t like being restricted.They want to arrange their travel as they wish.Moreover,self-help traveling provides college students a good chance to improve their adaptability and viability.Besides,the expenses in self-help traveling are controlled by travelers themselves.It is a good choice for those college students who have not much money for their disposal。As a college student,I enjoy self-help traveling very much,and I have benefited a lot from it.For one thing,I have appreciated many amazing scenery that those travelers who follow tour groups can not.For another,self-help travel helps me learn how to deal with people better。关于网络犯罪的英语作文Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Cyber Crimes.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)随着互联网的普及和应用，网络犯罪开始摆在世人面前2)应该如何来打击和预防网络犯罪越来越成为人们必须要解决的一个难题3)作为大学生，你应该怎么做？关于网络犯罪的英语作文【思路点拨】本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点提出一个问题，提纲第2点指出解决该问题的紧迫性，提纲第3点要求谈谈大学生应该如何应对该问题，由此可判断本文应为问题解决型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含以下内容：描述网络犯罪出现的背景及问题现状；指出解决网络犯罪问题的紧迫型，说明解决办法；从大学生的角度谈谈应该如何应对网络犯罪。关于网络犯罪的英语作文【参考范文】Cyber Crimes来源：考试大With the popularization of Internet,cyber crimes have become a serious problem facing us.Nowadays cyber criminals seem to be everywhere on the Internet.To illustrate,some commit fraud or lift intellectual property,others snatch passwords or disrupt e-commerce,and still others unleash viruses to crash computers.As a result,these crimes destroy network security greatly and make computer users suffer great losses。However,we shouldn’t tolerate these cyber criminals any more.It’s high time for us to take effective measures to fight against cyber crimes.First,we should reinforce the cyber laws to punish cyber criminals strictly.Moreover,we should develop high techniques as soon as possible to improve intrusion detection and prevent cyber crimes.Besides,more talented people should be trained and more effective firewalls should be built up so as to make the net immune to all kinds of viruses。As college students,we have responsibility to join the battle against cyber crimes.For one thing,we should not use others’computers unless we get permission.For another,we should be honest to others on the Internet and not release or spread unreal information.In a word,it takes our common efforts to defeat cyber crimes。关于大学生心理健康的英语作文How to improve student’s mental health 1、大学生的心理健康十分重要2、因此，学校可以....。.3、我们自己应当....。.来源：考试大题目分析：学生的心理健康是近年来被热议的话题之一，属于经典的问题解决型，故不外乎采用举例子，作比较，分类别，列数字，打比方等方式讨论。参考范文：Students’mental health has been playing an increasingly important role in our day-to-day life.Indeed,it is widely accepted that it has gained growing popularity among persons in all walks of life.There is a general discussion today about the issue of disorder in brains。Obviously,it is necessary that effective actions should be taken to prevent problems.Authorities in universities play a critical role in the situation.To begin with,schools,such as colleges or universities,can provide chances for the young men to ease their attention.What’s more,some are physically strong,but psychological problems are able to bring potential threats.Teaches may have a chance to find them in advance.Besides,specialists in this field are to be required to make full preparation for cases in time.Facing the crisis,experts can deal with it in a professional way,which means they have more or better opportunities to save us than others.(学校)From the factors mentioned above,we may safely draw the conclusion that we can free ourselves from mental illness by taking certain precautions.For example,if you have pains or puzzles in mind,finding a friend to express these is a good way to release pressure.Certainly,there is little doubt that further attention will be paid to the issue。(我们)总结：potential threats潜在威胁ease减轻，舒缓psychological problems心理问题precaution预防措施release pressure释放压力play an important/critical role in sth it is widely accepted that……To begin with,What’s more,Besides,From the factors mentioned above draw the conclusion that等等均为经典模板句式！Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic:Turn off Your Cell Phone.You should write at least 150 words and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1、手机给我们的生活带来了便利。2、但是手机铃声也会影响其他人。3、在某些场合请关掉你的手机。Turn off Your Cell Phone With the development of information techno1ogy and reduced price of communication products,the mobi1e phone has become a necessity for most people.Obviously,it shortens the distance between people and makes our life more convenient.Thanks to the cell phone,it’s easy for us to contact or be contacted by others anytime and anywhere.We will never miss any important meetings，great deals or admirable opportunities.However，have you noticed sometimes the cell phone also brings embarrassment to us?It’s not rare to see someone pressing the cell phone to his ear and shouting 1oud1y in public as if there were no one else present.And I’m sure each one has had such an experience that the cell phone ring continuous1y on a formal occasion.Perhaps these people have many 1ife-and-death reasons to keep the phone working at all times,but it interrupts people around them who have to hear what they don’t care when they want to concentrate on what they’re doing.So if you are one of them,please shut off your cell phone in public,especially on a quiet and serious occasion.It’s a respect for both others and yourself.2 Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic:The Post-graduate Craze.You should write at least 150 words and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1、目前很多人报考研(Q吧)究生。2、我认为形成这股热潮的原因是……The Post-graduate Craze Each year,millions of college students will sit in for the post-graduate entrance examination.More and more students have regarded the pursuing of a master degree as an indispensable part of their education.What is to account for their enthusiasm for a post-graduate diploma?First,it is the demand of the time.In an age of knowledge updating and information explosion,what you have learned in college can hardly meet the demand of society.Talents of high quality who are equipped with the latest knowledge and skill will be needed more than ever.That is why many students will further their studies.Second,we all recognize that the more education you have,the more likely you are to succeed.Compared with those without a master degree,masters will enjoy more preferential treatment,for example,better salaries,more opportunities for promotion and training.A post-graduate degree can guarantee a more promising career.Last but not least,with the graduation of a large number of college students,competition for jobs becomes more and more fierce.One way to gain some advantage over others is to have a higher degree.No wonder millions of students will consider pursuing a post-graduate degree.3 Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic:My Idea of Pop Music.You should write at least 150 words and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1、有人认为流行音乐不能登大雅之堂。2、有人认为音乐无高低贵贱之分，只有兴趣上的差别。3、我认为……My Idea of Pop Music Pop music is held I contempt by many people.In these people’s eyes pop music is always in sharp contrast to“lofty music”.The latter refers to symphonies and operas of the European countries.They show great concern for the fact that many people prefer pop music to symhonies,because for them pop music should be excluded from the holy palace of music.Conversely,many people have an ordor for pop music.They argue that people who want us to listen to symhonies are advocating a kind of“elite culture”.This notion is unacceptable to pop music fans,for they don’t believe that symphonies are loftier than pop music.The difference only lies in the interests of different people.It is unfair to speak of pop music with contempt while speaking of symphonies with awe.In conclusion,my idea is that just as there is no distinction between high culture and low culture,so it is inappropriate to say pop music belongs to the“lower”people whereas symphonies in a higher,loftier form of music.After all,there are many badly-composed symphonies.And we can’t expect every piece of pop music to be excellent.Pop music reflects the thoughts and interests of a certain age group of a generation.It is the product of a certain age,but it also has something universal,something that belongs to all human beings,that underlies its great success among people.In this sense it is rather foolish for some peopleof media to show great concern simply because many people prefer pop music.Anyway pop music has become an indispensable part of the human family.中美教育差异对比The Differences of Education between America and China Education is culture,and different educations show different societies’culture.Americans regard education as the means by which the inequalities among individuals are to be erased and by which every desirable end is to be achieved.While Chinese education is for foundation education,but students may be not learn much.But all in all,different education systems account for the different phenomenon,because different society backgrounds and different culture helps human create a different country in the world.The different society structure plays an important part in the education system.In China,all those who can enter the University have received an elite education and before enrollment they have devoted themselves to hard studying.Therefore,they are good at getting high marks on mathematics,psychics and so on.However,they are lack of chances to practice skills in real world thus having no social experiences.In that case,after graduation,most students find it difficult to find a satisfactory job though many of them get a job through the relationship net.While in America,the education system pays more attention to social skills than to marks.Students have developed the ability to be independence in life and work.After university,they show great capability of thinking,innovation and creation which make them keep pace with the modern world.They are competent for the challenging work and can gain a good job in America with ease.There is a huge gap on education between America and China,but we can’t say which one is right or wrong,‘cause each of the education system is based on the different backgrounds,American education should be following the American’s culture,meanwhile,Chinese education has to follow Chinese culture.A good education model for China is very important to the learning process,and also is very hard.But the most important thing we need is the modern education which is internationalization education system and localization education systems unite for China and America,this is also what the education itself needs.大学占座现象Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Reserving a Seat.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)很多大学里“占座”现象十分普遍2)这种现象会带来哪些影响3)你对此的看法Reserving a Seat______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出一种现象，提纲第2点要求分析该现象带来的影响，提纲第3点要求谈谈“我”对该现象的看法。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：描述大学生在教室和图书馆“占座”的现象;阐述这种现象带来的不良影响;谈谈“我”对“占座”现象的看法。高分范文Reserving a Seat We often see there is a table-cloth,a book or something else on the desk in the classroom or library,[1]indicating the seat is taken.This kind of phenomenon is very usual in almost all colleges and universities.[2]Strangely enough,most of students seem to[3]take this for granted,and few will protest it.[4]Though most of students’taking seats in advance is for the purpose of better study,this kind of phenomenon has great negative effects.[5]On the one hand,it is a selfish behavior,which damages other students’interests.[6]Even if many students come to the classroom very early,they can not find a seat.[5]On the other hand,reserving a seat[7]violates the rule of fairness.[8]No matter how late you come to class,the seat is still reserved for you[6]even though many others are eager for that seat.[9]Considering the above-mentioned,I think,[10]it is high time that we college students took a good look of our behavior.[5]Indeed,only if all of us can improve our consciousness,it is not a difficult task for us to get rid of this kind of phenomenon“reserving a seat”.【亮点点评】[1]“表示”，现在分词短语作伴随状语。[2]“非常奇怪的是”，副词使用恰当。[3]“认为…理所当然”。[4]though引导让步状语从句，引出对不良影响的阐述。[5]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[6]even if/even though引导让步状语从句。[7]“违背了公平原则”。[8]“no matter+疑问词”表示“无论，不管”，引导让步状语从句。[9]用于得出结论。considering用作介词，意为“考虑到，鉴于”。[10]用于引出解决办法，表示解决问题的紧迫性,常译为“早该是…的时候了”。佳句临摹1.佳句：Even if many students come to the classroom very early,they can not find a seat.临摹：即使要花费更多的钱，父母仍然愿意送他们的独生子女去更好的学校。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：No matter how late you come to class,the seat is still reserved for you.临摹：有了私家车，不管天气如何，也不管什么时候出门，人们都可以带孩子或父母去任何地方。___________________________________________________________3.佳句：Considering the above-mentioned,I think,it is high time that we college students took a good look of our behavior.临摹：鉴于以上所述，我认为，加强对大学生的心理辅导是当务之急。___________________________________________________________________________.【KEY】1.Parents are willing to send their only child to better schools even if it costs more.2.With private cars,people can take their children or elder parents anywhere,no matter what the weather is like and no matter when they go out.3.Considering the above-mentioned,I think,it is high time for us to strengthen the psychological instruction on college students.你怎样看待考试Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic The Attitude towards Examination.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)人们对待考试一直褒贬不一2)你怎样看待考试，为什么?3)提出你的建议The Attitude towards Examination_______________________________________________________行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点提出一个有争议的话题，提纲第2点要求谈谈“我”对其的态度，提纲第3点要求提出“我”的建议，由此可判断本文应为对比选择型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：通过大学考试引出人们对待考试的不同态度;表明“我”对考试的态度，并说明理由;针对考试提出“我”的建议。高分范文The Attitude towards Examination[1]There are always many arguments about the advantages and disadvantages of examination.Some people think examination is the only best way to test how examinees have mastered what they have studied.[2]However,still others hold the opposite opinion.They argue that examination can’t measure how the students have really studied.They say it can do[3]nothing but burden the students.[4]As for me,I think the examination is very useful to both teachers and students.[4]On the one hand,examination can help teachers check how much students have learned about a subject and thus know what should be their teaching focus.[4]On the other hand,[5]as far as students are concerned,by examination,they can[6]not only know how they have studied[6]but also find out what they haven’t mastered well.[4]Thus,they could improve their studying method so as to make greater progress.[4]Of course,examination is not the only way to measure one’s ability.[4]Also,too many examinations are a burden on both teachers and students.[4]But,in sum,the examination[7]does more good than harm.Therefore,I think the correct attitude towards examination should be to[8]take full advantage of it and avoid its disadvantage.【亮点点评】[1]用于表示某事存在争议。[2]用于引出对立观点。[3]“仅仅，只是”。[4]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[5]“就…而言”。[6]用于连接并列成分。[7]“利大于弊”。[8]“扬长避短”。佳句临摹1.佳句：They say it can do nothing but burden the students.临摹：最终，不诚实只会带来麻烦。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：Examination can help teachers check how much students have learned about a subject and thus know what should be their teaching focus.临摹：一些学生可能会把假期的大部分时间都用来娱乐，而因此荒废了学业。_____________________________________________3.佳句：佳句：They can not only know how they have studied but also find out what they haven’t mastered well.临摹：人们不仅需要生活必需品，还想生活得舒适。_______________________________________________【KEY】1.In the end,dishonesty brings nothing but troubles.2.Some students might spend most of their holiday time on amusement,and thus leave their study neglected.3.People not only need the basic necessities of life,but also want to live comfortably.择业高工资与职业发展空间矛盾Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic High Salaries or Career Development?You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)有的大学毕业生选择工作时主要看重高工资，而有的则认为良好的职业发展空间才是更重要的2)阐述他们各自的考虑3)表明你的看法High Salaries or Career Development?_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点指出两种不同的选择，提纲第2点要求分别阐述这两种选择各自的理由，提纲第3点要求表明“我”的看法，由此可判断本文应为对比选择型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：指出大学毕业生选择工作时不同的侧重点：注重高工资和注重职业发展空间;对比阐述他们各自的理由;表明“我”的倾向并说明理由。高分范文High Salaries or Career Development?There are more and more people looking for jobs every year,but they have different views about what kind of job they should choose.[1]Some of them focus their attention on the jobs that promise high salaries.[1]Others show a preference for those jobs that offer chances to learn skills and advancement possibilities.[2]People holding the first view usually think that more money will result in more happiness.[3]With a lot of money in hand,they will be able to enjoy a rich life.Otherwise,they will suffer from depression[4]due to lack of enough money.[2]However,the holders of the second view argue that one should develop his skills as roundly as possible.[5]It is career development that counts most.Without development,you will be outrun by others and fall behind the times sooner or later.In my view,career development is the right choice because career may give us long term satisfaction[6]while high salary would give us short term happiness.Besides,[7]generally speaking,a good career development will bring high salaries sooner or later.So I will[8]give my vote to the career development first and then high salaries.【亮点点评】[1]用于引出两种不同的观点或倾向。[2]用于对比分析两种观点各自的理由。[3]“with+宾语+宾补”的独立结构充当状语。[4]“因为缺钱”。[5]强调句型，此处是强调句子的主语。[6]while引导比较状语从句，意为“然而”。[7]“一般来说”。[8]“选择”。佳句临摹1.佳句：Others show a preference for those jobs that offer chances to learn skills and advancement possibilities.临摹：近些年来，越来越多的人开始喜欢洋快餐。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：However,the holders of the second view argue that one should develop his skills as roundly as possible.临摹：然而，持第二种观点的人认为体育明星们为社会做出了杰出的贡献，因此应该得到特殊待遇。______________________________________________________3.佳句：Career may give us long term satisfaction while high salary would give us short term happiness.临摹：我们之间的共同之处使我们的关系牢固，而不同之处则都会我们如何相互理解。________________________________________________【KEY】1.In recent years,there are more and more people who have showed a preference for western fast food.2.However,the holders of the second view argue that since sports stars have made great contributions to the society,they deserve some special treatment.3.The similarity between us makes our relationship solid while the difference teaches us how to understand each other.大学生就业难问题Directions:For this part,you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Employment Pressure Facing College Students.You should write at least 150 words,and base your composition on the outline(given in Chinese)below:1)目前大学生面临就业难的问题2)分析导致该问题的原因3)大学生应该如何应对该问题Employment Pressure Facing College Students_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________行文思路本题属于提纲式文字命题。提纲第1点提出一个问题，提纲第2点要求分析该问题产生的原因，提纲第3的要求说明应该如何解决该问题，由此可判断本文应为问题解决型作文。根据所给提纲，本文应包含如下内容：指出大学生就业难的问题;分析导致该问题的原因;从大学生的角度说明应该如何应对该问题。高分范文Employment Pressure Facing College Students[1]About a decade ago,university students could find satisfactory and enviable jobs after their graduation.[1]But now,things are different.Today’s university students usually experience great difficulties finding satisfactory jobs.They often complain that graduation means joblessness.[2]What is the cause of this phenomenon?[3]Firstly,with the enrollment extension of universities,[4]the supply of university graduates exceeds social demand.This results in a decreased chance for any individual graduate to find a job.[3]Secondly,university students[5]tend to spend most of their time at school in studying academic subjects and lack relevant job experience.[3]Thirdly,some students don’t study hard during the college.After four years of university life,they haven’t gained the knowledge those fairly good jobs or positions require.[6]Facing the increasingly fierce competition,we university students should try our bests to change this situation.[3]Above all,when in school,we should make the most of our time and[7]put our heart into our studies.[3]What’s more,we can take part-time jobs and attend social activities in our spare time to[8]accumulate relevant practical experience.[3]Besides,when we apply for jobs after graduation,we should[9]attach more importance to accumulating experience than to the starting salary.【亮点点评】[1]过去和现在进行对比。[2]设问句引出原因，容易引起注意。[3]过渡衔接词语，使文章条理清晰、衔接紧密。[4]“大学生供过于求”。[5]“倾向，趋于”。[6]“面对日趋激烈的竞争”，现在分词作状语。[7]“用心学习”。[8]“积累相关的实际经验”。[9]“更加关注”。佳句临摹1.佳句：Facing the increasingly fierce competition,university students should try their best to change this situation.临摹：经历过艰苦，我们就会更懂得如何应对危机。___________________________________________________________2.佳句：They should attach more importance to accumulating experience than to their starting salary临摹：很显然，我们应该更加关注一个人的能力，而不是他的学历。____________________________________________________【KEY】1.Having experienced hardships,we will know better how to survive crisis.2.Obviously,we should attach more importance to one’s abilities than to his degree.
""""""此处省略40%，请登录会员，阅读正文所有内容。这里是常见问题内容示例，可替换为实际内容。